diff options
| author | Lorry Tar Creator <lorry-tar-importer@lorry> | 2016-01-20 10:55:18 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Lorry Tar Creator <lorry-tar-importer@lorry> | 2016-01-20 10:55:18 +0000 |
| commit | 70e9163c9c18e995515598085cb824e554eb7ae7 (patch) | |
| tree | a42dc8b2a6c031354bf31472de888bfc8a060132 /build-aux | |
| parent | cbf5993c43f49281173f185863577d86bfac6eae (diff) | |
| download | coreutils-tarball-70e9163c9c18e995515598085cb824e554eb7ae7.tar.gz | |
coreutils-8.25HEADcoreutils-8.25master
Diffstat (limited to 'build-aux')
32 files changed, 10845 insertions, 3630 deletions
diff --git a/build-aux/ChangeLog b/build-aux/ChangeLog-2007 index c18b1c2..bc5b2fb 100644 --- a/build-aux/ChangeLog +++ b/build-aux/ChangeLog-2007 @@ -1,3 +1,13 @@ +2007-09-29 Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net> + + * check.mk (%.log): Also allow suffix-less tests, on platforms + where $(EXEEXT) is not empty. + +2007-09-15 Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> + + * vc-list-files: Remove mercurial support. + Check for CVS first. Adjust comments. + 2007-01-30 Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net> * vc-list-files: Select column 2, not 3 (hg-0.9.3's manifest format @@ -224,8 +234,7 @@ ----- - Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software - Foundation, Inc. + Copyright (C) 2002-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted provided the copyright notice diff --git a/build-aux/announce-gen b/build-aux/announce-gen new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b461174 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/announce-gen @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"' + & eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q' + if 0; +# Generate a release announcement message. + +my $VERSION = '2016-01-12 23:09'; # UTC +# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order +# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it. +# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook +# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually. + +# Copyright (C) 2002-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Written by Jim Meyering + +use strict; + +use Getopt::Long; +use POSIX qw(strftime); + +(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||; + +my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta stable); +my @archive_suffixes = ('tar.gz', 'tar.bz2', 'tar.lzma', 'tar.xz'); +my %digest_classes = + ( + 'md5' => (eval { require Digest::MD5; } and 'Digest::MD5'), + 'sha1' => ((eval { require Digest::SHA; } and 'Digest::SHA') + or (eval { require Digest::SHA1; } and 'Digest::SHA1')) + ); +my $srcdir = '.'; + +sub usage ($) +{ + my ($exit_code) = @_; + my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR); + if ($exit_code != 0) + { + print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n"; + } + else + { + my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types; + print $STREAM <<EOF; +Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] +Generate an announcement message. Run this from builddir. + +OPTIONS: + +These options must be specified: + + --release-type=TYPE TYPE must be one of @types + --package-name=PACKAGE_NAME + --previous-version=VER + --current-version=VER + --gpg-key-id=ID The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs + --url-directory=URL_DIR + +The following are optional: + + --news=NEWS_FILE include the NEWS section about this release + from this NEWS_FILE; accumulates. + --srcdir=DIR where to find the NEWS_FILEs (default: $srcdir) + --bootstrap-tools=TOOL_LIST a comma-separated list of tools, e.g., + autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib + --gnulib-version=VERSION report VERSION as the gnulib version, where + VERSION is the result of running git describe + in the gnulib source directory. + required if gnulib is in TOOL_LIST. + --no-print-checksums do not emit MD5 or SHA1 checksums + --archive-suffix=SUF add SUF to the list of archive suffixes + --mail-headers=HEADERS a space-separated list of mail headers, e.g., + To: x\@example.com Cc: y-announce\@example.com,... + + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +EOF + } + exit $exit_code; +} + + +=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)> + +Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash. Return +C<undef> if one of the computation failed. + +=cut + +sub sizes (@) +{ + my (@file) = @_; + + my $fail = 0; + my %res; + foreach my $f (@file) + { + my $cmd = "du -h $f"; + my $t = `$cmd`; + # FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS + $@ + and (warn "command failed: '$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1; + chomp $t; + $t =~ s/^\s*([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/; + $res{$f} = $t; + } + return $fail ? undef : %res; +} + +=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file) + +Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which +sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>. + +=cut + +sub print_locations ($\@\%@) +{ + my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_; + print "Here are the $title:\n"; + foreach my $url (@{$url}) + { + for my $file (@file) + { + print " $url/$file"; + print " (", $$size{$file}, ")" + if exists $$size{$file}; + print "\n"; + } + } + print "\n"; +} + +=item C<print_checksums (@file) + +Print the MD5 and SHA1 signature section for each C<@file>. + +=cut + +sub print_checksums (@) +{ + my (@file) = @_; + + print "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 checksums:\n"; + print "\n"; + + foreach my $meth (qw (md5 sha1)) + { + my $class = $digest_classes{$meth} or next; + foreach my $f (@file) + { + open IN, '<', $f + or die "$ME: $f: cannot open for reading: $!\n"; + binmode IN; + my $dig = $class->new->addfile(*IN)->hexdigest; + close IN; + print "$dig $f\n"; + } + } + print "\n"; +} + +=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) + +Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes +between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>. + +=cut + +sub print_news_deltas ($$$) +{ + my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_; + + my $news_name = $news_file; + $news_name =~ s|^\Q$srcdir\E/||; + + print "\n$news_name\n\n"; + + # Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one + # that mentions $curr_version up to but not including + # the first occurrence of $prev_version. + my $in_items; + + my $re_prefix = qr/(?:\* )?(?:Noteworthy c|Major c|C)(?i:hanges)/; + + my $found_news; + open NEWS, '<', $news_file + or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n"; + while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>)) + { + if ( ! $in_items) + { + # Match lines like these: + # * Major changes in release 5.0.1: + # * Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable] + $line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$curr_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o + or next; + $in_items = 1; + print $line; + } + else + { + # This regexp must not match version numbers in NEWS items. + # For example, they might well say "introduced in 4.5.5", + # and we don't want that to match. + $line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$prev_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o + and last; + print $line; + $line =~ /\S/ + and $found_news = 1; + } + } + close NEWS; + + $in_items + or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for '$curr_version'\n"; + $found_news + or die "$ME: $news_file: no news item found for '$curr_version'\n"; +} + +sub print_changelog_deltas ($$) +{ + my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_; + + # Print new ChangeLog entries. + + # First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files. + use File::Find; + my @changelog; + find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS' + and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}}, + '.'); + + # If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done. + @changelog + or return; + my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog; + + # Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog + # files in the specified directories, they're listed first, + # in this order: + my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc ); + + # A typical @changelog array might look like this: + # ./ChangeLog + # ./po/ChangeLog + # ./m4/ChangeLog + # ./lib/ChangeLog + # ./doc/ChangeLog + # ./config/ChangeLog + my @reordered; + foreach my $d (@dir) + { + my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d"; + my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog"; + delete $changelog{$target} + and push @reordered, $target; + } + + # Append any remaining ChangeLog files. + push @reordered, sort keys %changelog; + + # Remove leading './'. + @reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered; + + print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n"; + # print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n"; + + $prev_version =~ s/\./_/g; + my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version"; + + my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered"; + open DIFF, '-|', $cmd + or die "$ME: cannot run '$cmd': $!\n"; + # Print two types of lines, making minor changes: + # Lines starting with '+++ ', e.g., + # +++ ChangeLog 22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000 1.247 + # and those starting with '+'. + # Don't print the others. + my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1; + while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>)) + { + if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /) + { + my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n"; + $line =~ s///; + $line =~ s/\s.*//; + $prev_printed_line_empty + or print "\n"; + print $separator, $line, $separator; + } + elsif ($line =~ /^\+/) + { + $line =~ s///; + print $line; + $prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/); + } + } + close DIFF; + + # The exit code should be 1. + # Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries. + $? == 256 || $? == 128 + or warn "warning: '$cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n"; +} + +sub get_tool_versions ($$) +{ + my ($tool_list, $gnulib_version) = @_; + @$tool_list + or return (); + + my $fail; + my @tool_version_pair; + foreach my $t (@$tool_list) + { + if ($t eq 'gnulib') + { + push @tool_version_pair, ucfirst $t . ' ' . $gnulib_version; + next; + } + # Assume that the last "word" on the first line of + # 'tool --version' output is the version string. + my ($first_line, undef) = split ("\n", `$t --version`); + if ($first_line =~ /.* (\d[\w.-]+)$/) + { + $t = ucfirst $t; + push @tool_version_pair, "$t $1"; + } + else + { + defined $first_line + and $first_line = ''; + warn "$t: unexpected --version output\n:$first_line"; + $fail = 1; + } + } + + $fail + and exit 1; + + return @tool_version_pair; +} + +{ + # Neutralize the locale, so that, for instance, "du" does not + # issue "1,2" instead of "1.2", what confuses our regexps. + $ENV{LC_ALL} = "C"; + + my $mail_headers; + my $release_type; + my $package_name; + my $prev_version; + my $curr_version; + my $gpg_key_id; + my @url_dir_list; + my @news_file; + my $bootstrap_tools; + my $gnulib_version; + my $print_checksums_p = 1; + + # Reformat the warnings before displaying them. + local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub + { + my ($msg) = @_; + # Warnings from GetOptions. + $msg =~ s/Option (\w)/option --$1/; + warn "$ME: $msg"; + }; + + GetOptions + ( + 'mail-headers=s' => \$mail_headers, + 'release-type=s' => \$release_type, + 'package-name=s' => \$package_name, + 'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version, + 'current-version=s' => \$curr_version, + 'gpg-key-id=s' => \$gpg_key_id, + 'url-directory=s' => \@url_dir_list, + 'news=s' => \@news_file, + 'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir, + 'bootstrap-tools=s' => \$bootstrap_tools, + 'gnulib-version=s' => \$gnulib_version, + 'print-checksums!' => \$print_checksums_p, + 'archive-suffix=s' => \@archive_suffixes, + + help => sub { usage 0 }, + version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit }, + ) or usage 1; + + my $fail = 0; + # Ensure that each required option is specified. + $release_type + or (warn "release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1; + $package_name + or (warn "package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1; + $prev_version + or (warn "previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1; + $curr_version + or (warn "current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1; + $gpg_key_id + or (warn "GnuPG key ID not specified\n"), $fail = 1; + @url_dir_list + or (warn "URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1; + + my @tool_list = split ',', $bootstrap_tools + if $bootstrap_tools; + + grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) ^ defined $gnulib_version + and (warn "when specifying gnulib as a tool, you must also specify\n" + . "--gnulib-version=V, where V is the result of running git describe\n" + . "in the gnulib source directory.\n"), $fail = 1; + + !$release_type || exists $valid_release_types{$release_type} + or (warn "'$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1; + + @ARGV + and (warn "too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"), + $fail = 1; + $fail + and usage 1; + + my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version"; + + my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta"; + + my @candidates = map { "$my_distdir.$_" } @archive_suffixes; + my @tarballs = grep {-f $_} @candidates; + + @tarballs + or die "$ME: none of " . join(', ', @candidates) . " were found\n"; + my @sizable = @tarballs; + -f $xd + and push @sizable, $xd; + my %size = sizes (@sizable); + %size + or exit 1; + + my $headers = ''; + if (defined $mail_headers) + { + ($headers = $mail_headers) =~ s/\s+(\S+:)/\n$1/g; + $headers .= "\n"; + } + + # The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by + # mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered. + print <<EOF; + +${headers}Subject: $my_distdir released [$release_type] + +<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign> + +FIXME: put comments here + +EOF + + if (@url_dir_list == 1 && @tarballs == 1) + { + # When there's only one tarball and one URL, use a more concise form. + my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]"; + print "Here are the compressed sources and a GPG detached signature[*]:\n" + . " $m\n" + . " $m.sig\n\n"; + } + else + { + print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size, @tarballs); + -f $xd + and print_locations ("xdelta diffs (useful? if so, " + . "please tell bug-gnulib\@gnu.org)", + @url_dir_list, %size, $xd); + my @sig_files = map { "$_.sig" } @tarballs; + print_locations ("GPG detached signatures[*]", @url_dir_list, %size, + @sig_files); + } + + if ($url_dir_list[0] =~ "gnu\.org") + { + print "Use a mirror for higher download bandwidth:\n"; + if (@tarballs == 1 && $url_dir_list[0] =~ m!http://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!) + { + (my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]") + =~ s!http://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!http://ftpmirror\.gnu\.org/!; + print " $m\n" + . " $m.sig\n\n"; + + } + else + { + print " http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html\n\n"; + } + } + + $print_checksums_p + and print_checksums (@sizable); + + print <<EOF; +[*] Use a .sig file to verify that the corresponding file (without the +.sig suffix) is intact. First, be sure to download both the .sig file +and the corresponding tarball. Then, run a command like this: + + gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig + +If that command fails because you don't have the required public key, +then run this command to import it: + + gpg --keyserver keys.gnupg.net --recv-keys $gpg_key_id + +and rerun the 'gpg --verify' command. +EOF + + my @tool_versions = get_tool_versions (\@tool_list, $gnulib_version); + @tool_versions + and print "\nThis release was bootstrapped with the following tools:", + join ('', map {"\n $_"} @tool_versions), "\n"; + + print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version) + foreach @news_file; + + $release_type eq 'stable' + or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version); + + exit 0; +} + +### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode. +## Local Variables: +## mode: perl +## perl-indent-level: 2 +## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2 +## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0 +## perl-brace-offset: 0 +## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0 +## perl-label-offset: -2 +## perl-extra-newline-before-brace: t +## perl-merge-trailing-else: nil +## eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '" +## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M" +## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC" +## End: diff --git a/build-aux/ar-lib b/build-aux/ar-lib new file mode 100755 index 0000000..463b9ec --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/ar-lib @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Wrapper for Microsoft lib.exe + +me=ar-lib +scriptversion=2012-03-01.08; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2010-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Written by Peter Rosin <peda@lysator.liu.se>. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + + +# func_error message +func_error () +{ + echo "$me: $1" 1>&2 + exit 1 +} + +file_conv= + +# func_file_conv build_file +# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file +# Currently only supports Windows hosts. +func_file_conv () +{ + file=$1 + case $file in + / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file + if test -z "$file_conv"; then + # lazily determine how to convert abs files + case `uname -s` in + MINGW*) + file_conv=mingw + ;; + CYGWIN*) + file_conv=cygwin + ;; + *) + file_conv=wine + ;; + esac + fi + case $file_conv in + mingw) + file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` + ;; + cygwin) + file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` + ;; + wine) + file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` + ;; + esac + ;; + esac +} + +# func_at_file at_file operation archive +# Iterate over all members in AT_FILE performing OPERATION on ARCHIVE +# for each of them. +# When interpreting the content of the @FILE, do NOT use func_file_conv, +# since the user would need to supply preconverted file names to +# binutils ar, at least for MinGW. +func_at_file () +{ + operation=$2 + archive=$3 + at_file_contents=`cat "$1"` + eval set x "$at_file_contents" + shift + + for member + do + $AR -NOLOGO $operation:"$member" "$archive" || exit $? + done +} + +case $1 in + '') + func_error "no command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." + ;; + -h | --h*) + cat <<EOF +Usage: $me [--help] [--version] PROGRAM ACTION ARCHIVE [MEMBER...] + +Members may be specified in a file named with @FILE. +EOF + exit $? + ;; + -v | --v*) + echo "$me, version $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; +esac + +if test $# -lt 3; then + func_error "you must specify a program, an action and an archive" +fi + +AR=$1 +shift +while : +do + if test $# -lt 2; then + func_error "you must specify a program, an action and an archive" + fi + case $1 in + -lib | -LIB \ + | -ltcg | -LTCG \ + | -machine* | -MACHINE* \ + | -subsystem* | -SUBSYSTEM* \ + | -verbose | -VERBOSE \ + | -wx* | -WX* ) + AR="$AR $1" + shift + ;; + *) + action=$1 + shift + break + ;; + esac +done +orig_archive=$1 +shift +func_file_conv "$orig_archive" +archive=$file + +# strip leading dash in $action +action=${action#-} + +delete= +extract= +list= +quick= +replace= +index= +create= + +while test -n "$action" +do + case $action in + d*) delete=yes ;; + x*) extract=yes ;; + t*) list=yes ;; + q*) quick=yes ;; + r*) replace=yes ;; + s*) index=yes ;; + S*) ;; # the index is always updated implicitly + c*) create=yes ;; + u*) ;; # TODO: don't ignore the update modifier + v*) ;; # TODO: don't ignore the verbose modifier + *) + func_error "unknown action specified" + ;; + esac + action=${action#?} +done + +case $delete$extract$list$quick$replace,$index in + yes,* | ,yes) + ;; + yesyes*) + func_error "more than one action specified" + ;; + *) + func_error "no action specified" + ;; +esac + +if test -n "$delete"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + func_error "archive not found" + fi + for member + do + case $1 in + @*) + func_at_file "${1#@}" -REMOVE "$archive" + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$1" + $AR -NOLOGO -REMOVE:"$file" "$archive" || exit $? + ;; + esac + done + +elif test -n "$extract"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + func_error "archive not found" + fi + if test $# -gt 0; then + for member + do + case $1 in + @*) + func_at_file "${1#@}" -EXTRACT "$archive" + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$1" + $AR -NOLOGO -EXTRACT:"$file" "$archive" || exit $? + ;; + esac + done + else + $AR -NOLOGO -LIST "$archive" | sed -e 's/\\/\\\\/g' | while read member + do + $AR -NOLOGO -EXTRACT:"$member" "$archive" || exit $? + done + fi + +elif test -n "$quick$replace"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + if test -z "$create"; then + echo "$me: creating $orig_archive" + fi + orig_archive= + else + orig_archive=$archive + fi + + for member + do + case $1 in + @*) + func_file_conv "${1#@}" + set x "$@" "@$file" + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$1" + set x "$@" "$file" + ;; + esac + shift + shift + done + + if test -n "$orig_archive"; then + $AR -NOLOGO -OUT:"$archive" "$orig_archive" "$@" || exit $? + else + $AR -NOLOGO -OUT:"$archive" "$@" || exit $? + fi + +elif test -n "$list"; then + if test ! -f "$orig_archive"; then + func_error "archive not found" + fi + $AR -NOLOGO -LIST "$archive" || exit $? +fi diff --git a/build-aux/compile b/build-aux/compile index 1b1d232..a85b723 100755 --- a/build-aux/compile +++ b/build-aux/compile @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh -# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. +# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. -scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 +scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -29,21 +28,224 @@ scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 # bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to # <automake-patches@gnu.org>. +nl=' +' + +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is +# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage. +IFS=" "" $nl" + +file_conv= + +# func_file_conv build_file lazy +# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file +# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion +# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will +# take place. +func_file_conv () +{ + file=$1 + case $file in + / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file + if test -z "$file_conv"; then + # lazily determine how to convert abs files + case `uname -s` in + MINGW*) + file_conv=mingw + ;; + CYGWIN*) + file_conv=cygwin + ;; + *) + file_conv=wine + ;; + esac + fi + case $file_conv/,$2, in + *,$file_conv,*) + ;; + mingw/*) + file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` + ;; + cygwin/*) + file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` + ;; + wine/*) + file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` + ;; + esac + ;; + esac +} + +# func_cl_dashL linkdir +# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR +func_cl_dashL () +{ + func_file_conv "$1" + if test -z "$lib_path"; then + lib_path=$file + else + lib_path="$lib_path;$file" + fi + linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file" +} + +# func_cl_dashl library +# Do a library search-path lookup for cl +func_cl_dashl () +{ + lib=$1 + found=no + save_IFS=$IFS + IFS=';' + for dir in $lib_path $LIB + do + IFS=$save_IFS + if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then + found=yes + lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib + break + fi + if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then + found=yes + lib=$dir/$lib.lib + break + fi + if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then + found=yes + lib=$dir/lib$lib.a + break + fi + done + IFS=$save_IFS + + if test "$found" != yes; then + lib=$lib.lib + fi +} + +# func_cl_wrapper cl arg... +# Adjust compile command to suit cl +func_cl_wrapper () +{ + # Assume a capable shell + lib_path= + shared=: + linker_opts= + for arg + do + if test -n "$eat"; then + eat= + else + case $1 in + -o) + # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. + eat=1 + case $2 in + *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ]) + func_file_conv "$2" + set x "$@" -Fo"$file" + shift + ;; + *) + func_file_conv "$2" + set x "$@" -Fe"$file" + shift + ;; + esac + ;; + -I) + eat=1 + func_file_conv "$2" mingw + set x "$@" -I"$file" + shift + ;; + -I*) + func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw + set x "$@" -I"$file" + shift + ;; + -l) + eat=1 + func_cl_dashl "$2" + set x "$@" "$lib" + shift + ;; + -l*) + func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}" + set x "$@" "$lib" + shift + ;; + -L) + eat=1 + func_cl_dashL "$2" + ;; + -L*) + func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}" + ;; + -static) + shared=false + ;; + -Wl,*) + arg=${1#-Wl,} + save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' + for flag in $arg; do + IFS="$save_ifs" + linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag" + done + IFS="$save_ifs" + ;; + -Xlinker) + eat=1 + linker_opts="$linker_opts $2" + ;; + -*) + set x "$@" "$1" + shift + ;; + *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++) + func_file_conv "$1" + set x "$@" -Tp"$file" + shift + ;; + *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO]) + func_file_conv "$1" mingw + set x "$@" "$file" + shift + ;; + *) + set x "$@" "$1" + shift + ;; + esac + fi + shift + done + if test -n "$linker_opts"; then + linker_opts="-link$linker_opts" + fi + exec "$@" $linker_opts + exit 1 +} + +eat= + case $1 in '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] -Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. -Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining +Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. +Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining arguments, and rename the output as expected. If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the -right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. +right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'. Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. EOF @@ -53,11 +255,13 @@ EOF echo "compile $scriptversion" exit $? ;; + cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe ) + func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return... + ;; esac ofile= cfile= -eat= for arg do @@ -66,8 +270,8 @@ do else case $1 in -o) - # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. - # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object. + # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. + # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.obj) @@ -94,22 +298,22 @@ do done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then - # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a + # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no - # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also + # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also # ok. exec "$@" fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. -cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'` +cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. -# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name +# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. -lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d +lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then break @@ -124,9 +328,9 @@ trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 ret=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then - mv "$cofile" "$ofile" + test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then - mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" + test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" fi rmdir "$lockdir" @@ -138,5 +342,6 @@ exit $ret # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/build-aux/config.guess b/build-aux/config.guess index 0f0fe71..dcd5149 100755 --- a/build-aux/config.guess +++ b/build-aux/config.guess @@ -1,14 +1,12 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2007-03-06' +timestamp='2016-01-01' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but @@ -17,26 +15,22 @@ timestamp='2007-03-06' # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - - -# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>. -# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context -# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that +# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). # -# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to -# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and -# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. +# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston. # -# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you -# don't specify an explicit build system type. +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess +# +# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. + me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` @@ -56,8 +50,7 @@ version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." @@ -139,12 +132,33 @@ UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown +case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in +Linux|GNU|GNU/*) + # If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc. + # We could probably try harder. + LIBC=gnu + + eval $set_cc_for_build + cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c + #include <features.h> + #if defined(__UCLIBC__) + LIBC=uclibc + #elif defined(__dietlibc__) + LIBC=dietlibc + #else + LIBC=gnu + #endif + EOF + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'` + ;; +esac + # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or - # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward @@ -154,23 +168,30 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" - UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ - /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \ + /sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ + /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ + echo unknown)` case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; + earmv*) + arch=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'` + endian=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'` + machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown + ;; *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently, or will in the future. case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in - arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) + arm*|earm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) eval $set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ - | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + | grep -q __ELF__ then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? @@ -180,7 +201,14 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in fi ;; *) - os=netbsd + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # Determine ABI tags. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in + earm*) + expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//' + abi=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e "$expr"` ;; esac # The OS release @@ -193,13 +221,17 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in release='-gnu' ;; *) - release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. - echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}${abi}" + exit ;; + *:Bitrig:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'` + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` @@ -217,13 +249,16 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in *:MirBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; + *:Sortix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sortix + exit ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` + UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on @@ -269,7 +304,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - exit ;; + # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code. + exitcode=$? + trap '' 0 + exit $exitcode ;; Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead @@ -295,12 +333,12 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in echo s390-ibm-zvmoe exit ;; *:OS400:*:*) - echo powerpc-ibm-os400 + echo powerpc-ibm-os400 exit ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; - arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) + arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*) echo arm-unknown-riscos exit ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) @@ -324,14 +362,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; esac ;; + s390x:SunOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + exit ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; - i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` + i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) + echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) + eval $set_cc_for_build + SUN_ARCH="i386" + # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. + # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. + # This test works for both compilers. + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + SUN_ARCH="x86_64" + fi + fi + echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` exit ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize @@ -375,23 +432,23 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + exit ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; + echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; m68k:machten:*:*) echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -461,8 +518,8 @@ EOF echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 exit ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) - # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] then if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ @@ -475,7 +532,7 @@ EOF else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit ;; + exit ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 exit ;; @@ -532,15 +589,16 @@ EOF echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi exit ;; - *:AIX:*:[45]) + *:AIX:*:[4567]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi - if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then - IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` + if [ -x /usr/bin/lslpp ] ; then + IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | + awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/` else IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} fi @@ -575,52 +633,52 @@ EOF 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` - sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` - case "${sc_cpu_version}" in - 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 - 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 - 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 - case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in - 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; - 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 - esac ;; - esac + esac ;; + esac fi if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #define _HPUX_SOURCE - #include <stdlib.h> - #include <unistd.h> + #define _HPUX_SOURCE + #include <stdlib.h> + #include <unistd.h> - int main () - { - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); - #endif - long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); + int main () + { + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); + #endif + long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); - switch (cpu) - { - case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - switch (bits) - { - case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; - case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; - default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - } break; - #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ - puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - #endif - default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - } - exit (0); - } + switch (cpu) + { + case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; + case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: + #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) + switch (bits) + { + case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; + case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; + default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + } break; + #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ + puts ("hppa2.0"); break; + #endif + default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; + } + exit (0); + } EOF (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa @@ -640,7 +698,7 @@ EOF # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | - grep __LP64__ >/dev/null + grep -q __LP64__ then HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" else @@ -711,22 +769,22 @@ EOF exit ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi - exit ;; + exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; + exit ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; @@ -750,14 +808,14 @@ EOF exit ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + exit ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` + FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` + echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} @@ -769,40 +827,51 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - pc98) - echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` + case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in amd64) echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; *) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; + echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; esac exit ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin exit ;; + *:MINGW64*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64 + exit ;; *:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit ;; + *:MSYS*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys + exit ;; i*:windows32*:*) - # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 + # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 exit ;; i*:PW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 exit ;; - *:Interix*:[3456]*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - x86) + *:Interix*:*) + case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in + x86) echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; - EM64T | authenticamd) + authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; + IA64) + echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; esac ;; [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks exit ;; + 8664:Windows_NT:*) + echo x86_64-pc-mks + exit ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we @@ -823,203 +892,163 @@ EOF exit ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system - echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` + echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC} exit ;; i*86:Minix:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix exit ;; + aarch64:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) + UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + alpha:Linux:*:*) + case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in + EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; + EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; + PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; + EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; + EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; + EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; + esac + objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 + if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + eval $set_cc_for_build + if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ + then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + else + if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP + then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf + fi + fi exit ;; avr32*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; cris:Linux:*:*) - echo cris-axis-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) - echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + e2k:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; frv:Linux:*:*) - echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + hexagon:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + i*86:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + k1om:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; - mips:Linux:*:*) + mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) eval $set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #undef CPU - #undef mips - #undef mipsel + #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} + #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) - CPU=mipsel + CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) - CPU=mips + CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} #else CPU= #endif #endif EOF - eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' - /^CPU/{ - s: ::g - p - }'`" - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } + eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'` + test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; } ;; - mips64:Linux:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #undef CPU - #undef mips64 - #undef mips64el - #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) - CPU=mips64el - #else - #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) - CPU=mips64 - #else - CPU= - #endif - #endif -EOF - eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' - /^CPU/{ - s: ::g - p - }'`" - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } - ;; - or32:Linux:*:*) - echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu + openrisc*:Linux:*:*) + echo or1k-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; - ppc:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu + or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; - ppc64:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu + padre:Linux:*:*) + echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; - alpha:Linux:*:*) - case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in - EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; - EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; - PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; - EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; - EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; - esac - objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null - if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} + parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) + echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in - PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; - PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; - *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; + PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;; + PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;; + *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;; esac exit ;; - parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) - echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu + ppc64:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + ppc:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + ppc64le:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpc64le-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + ppcle:Linux:*:*) + echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} + exit ;; + tile*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; vax:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; - xtensa:Linux:*:*) - echo xtensa-unknown-linux-gnu + xtensa*:Linux:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC} exit ;; - i*86:Linux:*:*) - # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so - # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent - # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. - # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English. - ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \ - | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d - s/[ ][ ]*/ /g - s/.*supported targets: *// - s/ .*// - p'` - case "$ld_supported_targets" in - elf32-i386) - TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" - ;; - a.out-i386-linux) - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" - exit ;; - coff-i386) - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" - exit ;; - "") - # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or - # one that does not give us useful --help. - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" - exit ;; - esac - # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include <features.h> - #ifdef __ELF__ - # ifdef __GLIBC__ - # if __GLIBC__ >= 2 - LIBC=gnu - # else - LIBC=gnulibc1 - # endif - # else - LIBC=gnulibc1 - # endif - #else - #if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC) - LIBC=gnu - #else - LIBC=gnuaout - #endif - #endif - #ifdef __dietlibc__ - LIBC=dietlibc - #endif -EOF - eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n ' - /^LIBC/{ - s: ::g - p - }'`" - test x"${LIBC}" != x && { - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" - exit - } - test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; } - ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both @@ -1027,11 +1056,11 @@ EOF echo i386-sequent-sysv4 exit ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) - # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version - # number series starting with 2... - # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, + # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version + # number series starting with 2... + # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. - # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. + # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) @@ -1048,7 +1077,7 @@ EOF i*86:syllable:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable exit ;; - i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) @@ -1063,7 +1092,7 @@ EOF fi exit ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) - # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. + # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; @@ -1091,10 +1120,13 @@ EOF exit ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: - # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about - # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. - echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; + # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about + # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. + # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub + # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that + # this is a cross-build. + echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) echo i386-pc-mach3 exit ;; @@ -1129,8 +1161,18 @@ EOF /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; + NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) + OS_REL='.3' + test -r /etc/.relid \ + && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ + && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } + /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ + && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -1143,7 +1185,7 @@ EOF rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; - PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*) + PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) @@ -1163,10 +1205,10 @@ EOF echo ns32k-sni-sysv fi exit ;; - PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort - # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> - echo i586-unisys-sysv4 - exit ;; + PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort + # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV> + echo i586-unisys-sysv4 + exit ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>. # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm @@ -1192,11 +1234,11 @@ EOF exit ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then - echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} else - echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - exit ;; + exit ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. echo powerpc-be-beos exit ;; @@ -1206,6 +1248,12 @@ EOF BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. echo i586-pc-beos exit ;; + BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. + echo i586-pc-haiku + exit ;; + x86_64:Haiku:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-haiku + exit ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; @@ -1232,9 +1280,31 @@ EOF exit ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown - case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in - unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; - esac + eval $set_cc_for_build + if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then + UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc + fi + if test `echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\..*//'` -le 10 ; then + if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then + if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ + grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null + then + case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in + i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; + powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;; + esac + fi + fi + elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then + # Avoid executing cc on OS X 10.9, as it ships with a stub + # that puts up a graphical alert prompting to install + # developer tools. Any system running Mac OS X 10.7 or + # later (Darwin 11 and later) is required to have a 64-bit + # processor. This is not true of the ARM version of Darwin + # that Apple uses in portable devices. + UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 + fi echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) @@ -1248,7 +1318,10 @@ EOF *:QNX:*:4*) echo i386-pc-qnx exit ;; - NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit ;; + NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) @@ -1293,13 +1366,13 @@ EOF echo pdp10-unknown-its exit ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) - echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit ;; *:*VMS:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` + UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; @@ -1314,158 +1387,16 @@ EOF i*86:rdos:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos exit ;; -esac - -#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 -#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 - -eval $set_cc_for_build -cat >$dummy.c <<EOF -#ifdef _SEQUENT_ -# include <sys/types.h> -# include <sys/utsname.h> -#endif -main () -{ -#if defined (sony) -#if defined (MIPSEB) - /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, - I don't know.... */ - printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#else -#include <sys/param.h> - printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", -#ifdef NEWSOS4 - "4" -#else - "" -#endif - ); exit (0); -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) - printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) - printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (NeXT) -#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) -#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" -#endif - int version; - version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; - if (version < 4) - printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); - else - printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); - exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) -#if defined (UMAXV) - printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); -#else -#if defined (CMU) - printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); -#else - printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (__386BSD__) - printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (sequent) -#if defined (i386) - printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#if defined (ns32000) - printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (_SEQUENT_) - struct utsname un; - - uname(&un); - - if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); - } - if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); - } - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); - -#endif - -#if defined (vax) -# if !defined (ultrix) -# include <sys/param.h> -# if defined (BSD) -# if BSD == 43 - printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); -# else -# if BSD == 199006 - printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); -# else - printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); -# endif -# endif -# else - printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); -# endif -# else - printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); -# endif -#endif - -#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) - printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - - exit (1); -} -EOF - -$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - -# Apollos put the system type in the environment. - -test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } - -# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) - -if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] -then - case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in - c1*) - echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c2*) - if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc - then echo c32-convex-bsd - else echo c2-convex-bsd - fi + i*86:AROS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros exit ;; - c34*) - echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c38*) - echo c38-convex-bsd + x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx exit ;; - c4*) - echo c4-convex-bsd + amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*) + echo x86_64-unknown-onefs exit ;; - esac -fi +esac cat >&2 <<EOF $0: unable to guess system type @@ -1474,9 +1405,9 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize the operating system you are using. It is advised that you download the most up to date version of the config scripts from - http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess + http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess and - http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub + http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please send the following data and any information you think might be diff --git a/build-aux/config.rpath b/build-aux/config.rpath index e082db6..98183ff 100755 --- a/build-aux/config.rpath +++ b/build-aux/config.rpath @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the # run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. # -# Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright 1996-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 # @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ # known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build # directory and/or the installation directory. -# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a shrext=.so @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ for cc_temp in $CC""; do done cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` -# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC. wl= if test "$GCC" = yes; then @@ -57,14 +57,7 @@ else aix*) wl='-Wl,' ;; - darwin*) - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - wl='-Wl,' - ;; - esac - ;; - mingw* | pw32* | os2*) + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) wl='-Wl,' @@ -72,24 +65,37 @@ else irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) wl='-Wl,' ;; - newsos6) - ;; - linux*) + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in - icc* | ecc*) + ecc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + icc* | ifort*) wl='-Wl,' ;; - pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90) + lf95*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + nagfor*) + wl='-Wl,-Wl,,' + ;; + pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) wl='-Wl,' ;; ccc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; + xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; como) wl='-lopt=' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) + wl= + ;; *Sun\ C*) wl='-Wl,' ;; @@ -97,22 +103,36 @@ else ;; esac ;; + newsos6) + ;; + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) wl='-Wl,' ;; - sco3.2v5*) + rdos*) ;; solaris*) - wl='-Wl,' + case $cc_basename in + f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + *) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac ;; sunos4*) wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; - sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*) + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) wl='-Wl,' ;; sysv4*MP*) ;; + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; unicos*) wl='-Wl,' ;; @@ -121,7 +141,7 @@ else esac fi -# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= @@ -129,7 +149,7 @@ hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no case "$host_os" in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. @@ -155,22 +175,21 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' case "$host_os" in - aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) + aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; amigaos*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports - # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up - # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked - # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the - # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use - # them. - ld_shlibs=no + case "$host_cpu" in + powerpc) + ;; + m68k) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then @@ -179,7 +198,7 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' @@ -189,11 +208,13 @@ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; - interix3*) + haiku*) + ;; + interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; - linux*) + gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else @@ -251,7 +272,7 @@ else hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; - aix4* | aix5*) + aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. @@ -261,7 +282,7 @@ else # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. - case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes @@ -280,7 +301,7 @@ else strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 - hardcode_direct=yes + : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported @@ -316,14 +337,18 @@ else fi ;; amigaos*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' - hardcode_minus_L=yes - # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section - ld_shlibs=no + case "$host_cpu" in + powerpc) + ;; + m68k) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac ;; bsdi[45]*) ;; - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is @@ -333,33 +358,20 @@ else ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) hardcode_direct=no - if test "$GCC" = yes ; then + if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then : else - case $cc_basename in - xlc*) - ;; - *) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - esac + ld_shlibs=no fi ;; dgux*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ;; - freebsd1*) - ld_shlibs=no - ;; - freebsd2.2*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - hardcode_direct=yes - ;; - freebsd2*) + freebsd2.[01]*) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; - freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*) + freebsd* | dragonfly*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; @@ -411,19 +423,25 @@ else hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; + *nto* | *qnx*) + ;; openbsd*) - hardcode_direct=yes - if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + hardcode_direct=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi else - case "$host_os" in - openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' - ;; - esac + ld_shlibs=no fi ;; os2*) @@ -471,7 +489,7 @@ else ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; - sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*) + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' @@ -487,7 +505,7 @@ else fi # Check dynamic linker characteristics -# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. # Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but # only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last # element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the @@ -498,11 +516,16 @@ case "$host_os" in aix3*) library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; - aix4* | aix5*) + aix[4-9]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; amigaos*) - library_names_spec='$libname.a' + case "$host_cpu" in + powerpc*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; + m68k) + library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; + esac ;; beos*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' @@ -510,7 +533,7 @@ case "$host_os" in bsdi[45]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) shrext=.dll library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib' ;; @@ -521,22 +544,18 @@ case "$host_os" in dgux*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; - freebsd1*) - ;; - kfreebsd*-gnu) - library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + freebsd[23].*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) - case "$host_os" in - freebsd[123]*) - library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; - *) - library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; - esac + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; gnu*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; + haiku*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $host_cpu in ia64*) @@ -551,7 +570,7 @@ case "$host_os" in esac library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; - interix3*) + interix[3-9]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) @@ -572,7 +591,7 @@ case "$host_os" in ;; linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) ;; - linux*) + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; knetbsd*-gnu) @@ -584,7 +603,7 @@ case "$host_os" in newsos6) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; - nto-qnx*) + *nto* | *qnx*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; openbsd*) @@ -598,6 +617,8 @@ case "$host_os" in osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; + rdos*) + ;; solaris*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; @@ -613,6 +634,9 @@ case "$host_os" in sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; + tpf*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; uts4*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; diff --git a/build-aux/config.sub b/build-aux/config.sub index 5defff6..da6d1b6 100755 --- a/build-aux/config.sub +++ b/build-aux/config.sub @@ -1,44 +1,40 @@ #! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, -# Inc. +# Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -timestamp='2007-01-18' +timestamp='2016-01-01' -# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. -# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software -# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. -# -# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that +# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). -# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context -# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry. +# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. +# You can get the latest version of this script from: +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub + # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. @@ -57,8 +53,7 @@ timestamp='2007-01-18' me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS - $0 [OPTION] ALIAS +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. @@ -72,8 +67,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." @@ -120,12 +114,18 @@ esac # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ - uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \ + linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \ + knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-eabi* | \ + kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; + android-linux) + os=-linux-android + basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown + ;; *) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] @@ -148,10 +148,13 @@ case $os in -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray) + -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; + -bluegene*) + os=-cnk + ;; -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) os= basic_machine=$1 @@ -166,10 +169,10 @@ case $os in os=-chorusos basic_machine=$1 ;; - -chorusrdb) - os=-chorusrdb + -chorusrdb) + os=-chorusrdb basic_machine=$1 - ;; + ;; -hiux*) os=-hiuxwe2 ;; @@ -214,6 +217,12 @@ case $os in -isc*) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` ;; + -lynx*178) + os=-lynxos178 + ;; + -lynx*5) + os=-lynxos5 + ;; -lynx*) os=-lynxos ;; @@ -238,59 +247,91 @@ case $basic_machine in # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. 1750a | 580 \ | a29k \ + | aarch64 | aarch64_be \ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ | am33_2.0 \ - | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ + | arc | arceb \ + | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \ + | avr | avr32 \ + | ba \ + | be32 | be64 \ | bfin \ - | c4x | clipper \ + | c4x | c8051 | clipper \ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ - | fido | fr30 | frv \ + | e2k | epiphany \ + | fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 \ | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ + | hexagon \ | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ | ip2k | iq2000 \ + | k1om \ + | le32 | le64 \ + | lm32 \ | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ - | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \ + | maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ | mips16 \ | mips64 | mips64el \ - | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ + | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ + | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ + | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ + | mipsisa32r6 | mipsisa32r6el \ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ + | mipsisa64r6 | mipsisa64r6el \ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ + | mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mn10200 | mn10300 \ + | moxie \ | mt \ | msp430 \ - | nios | nios2 \ + | nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \ + | nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \ | ns16k | ns32k \ - | or32 \ + | open8 | or1k | or1knd | or32 \ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ - | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ + | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \ | pyramid \ + | riscv32 | riscv64 \ + | rl78 | rx \ | score \ - | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ + | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[234]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ | sh64 | sh64le \ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ - | spu | strongarm \ - | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ - | v850 | v850e \ + | spu \ + | tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \ + | ubicom32 \ + | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \ + | visium \ | we32k \ - | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ - | z8k) + | x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \ + | z8k | z80) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; - m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) - # Motorola 68HC11/12. + c54x) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + ;; + c55x) + basic_machine=tic55x-unknown + ;; + c6x) + basic_machine=tic6x-unknown + ;; + leon|leon[3-9]) + basic_machine=sparc-$basic_machine + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | nvptx | picochip) basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown os=-none ;; @@ -300,6 +341,21 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=mt-unknown ;; + strongarm | thumb | xscale) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + ;; + xgate) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none + ;; + xscaleeb) + basic_machine=armeb-unknown + ;; + + xscaleel) + basic_machine=armel-unknown + ;; + # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. @@ -314,64 +370,89 @@ case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. 580-* \ | a29k-* \ + | aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \ | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ - | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ + | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \ | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ | avr-* | avr32-* \ + | ba-* \ + | be32-* | be64-* \ | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ - | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ - | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ + | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \ + | c8051-* | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ - | elxsi-* \ + | e2k-* | elxsi-* \ | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ | h8300-* | h8500-* \ | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ + | hexagon-* \ | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ + | k1om-* \ + | le32-* | le64-* \ + | lm32-* \ | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ - | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \ + | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \ + | microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \ | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ | mips16-* \ | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ - | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ + | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ + | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ + | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ + | mipsisa32r6-* | mipsisa32r6el-* \ | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ + | mipsisa64r6-* | mipsisa64r6el-* \ | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ + | mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ | mmix-* \ | mt-* \ | msp430-* \ - | nios-* | nios2-* \ + | nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \ + | nios-* | nios2-* | nios2eb-* | nios2el-* \ | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ + | open8-* \ + | or1k*-* \ | orion-* \ | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ - | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ + | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \ | pyramid-* \ - | romp-* | rs6000-* \ - | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ + | riscv32-* | riscv64-* \ + | rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ + | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ | sparclite-* \ - | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ - | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ + | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx*-* \ + | tahoe-* \ | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \ + | tile*-* \ | tron-* \ - | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ + | ubicom32-* \ + | v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \ + | vax-* \ + | visium-* \ | we32k-* \ - | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ - | xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \ + | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \ + | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ | ymp-* \ - | z8k-*) + | z8k-* | z80-*) + ;; + # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. + xtensa*) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. @@ -389,7 +470,7 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=a29k-amd os=-udi ;; - abacus) + abacus) basic_machine=abacus-unknown ;; adobe68k) @@ -435,6 +516,13 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m68k-apollo os=-bsd ;; + aros) + basic_machine=i386-pc + os=-aros + ;; + asmjs) + basic_machine=asmjs-unknown + ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple os=-aux @@ -443,10 +531,35 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=ns32k-sequent os=-dynix ;; + blackfin) + basic_machine=bfin-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + blackfin-*) + basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; + bluegene*) + basic_machine=powerpc-ibm + os=-cnk + ;; + c54x-*) + basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c55x-*) + basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; + c6x-*) + basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; c90) basic_machine=c90-cray os=-unicos ;; + cegcc) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-cegcc + ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex os=-bsd @@ -475,8 +588,8 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=craynv-cray os=-unicosmp ;; - cr16c) - basic_machine=cr16c-unknown + cr16 | cr16-*) + basic_machine=cr16-unknown os=-elf ;; crds | unos) @@ -514,6 +627,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m88k-motorola os=-sysv3 ;; + dicos) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-dicos + ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc os=-msdosdjgpp @@ -629,7 +746,6 @@ case $basic_machine in i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm ;; -# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i*86v32) basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` os=-sysv32 @@ -668,6 +784,17 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=m68k-isi os=-sysv ;; + leon-*|leon[3-9]-*) + basic_machine=sparc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/-.*//'` + ;; + m68knommu) + basic_machine=m68k-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + m68knommu-*) + basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; m88k-omron*) basic_machine=m88k-omron ;; @@ -679,10 +806,21 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=ns32k-utek os=-sysv ;; + microblaze*) + basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx + ;; + mingw64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + os=-mingw64 + ;; mingw32) - basic_machine=i386-pc + basic_machine=i686-pc os=-mingw32 ;; + mingw32ce) + basic_machine=arm-unknown + os=-mingw32ce + ;; miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; @@ -704,6 +842,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=powerpc-unknown os=-morphos ;; + moxiebox) + basic_machine=moxie-unknown + os=-moxiebox + ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-msdos @@ -711,10 +853,18 @@ case $basic_machine in ms1-*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` ;; + msys) + basic_machine=i686-pc + os=-msys + ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm os=-mvs ;; + nacl) + basic_machine=le32-unknown + os=-nacl + ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 @@ -779,6 +929,12 @@ case $basic_machine in np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; + neo-tandem) + basic_machine=neo-tandem + ;; + nse-tandem) + basic_machine=nse-tandem + ;; nsr-tandem) basic_machine=nsr-tandem ;; @@ -809,6 +965,14 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i860-intel os=-osf ;; + parisc) + basic_machine=hppa-unknown + os=-linux + ;; + parisc-*) + basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + os=-linux + ;; pbd) basic_machine=sparc-tti ;; @@ -853,9 +1017,10 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; - ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown + ppc | ppcbe) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; - ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ppc-* | ppcbe-*) + basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown @@ -880,7 +1045,11 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i586-unknown os=-pw32 ;; - rdos) + rdos | rdos64) + basic_machine=x86_64-pc + os=-rdos + ;; + rdos32) basic_machine=i386-pc os=-rdos ;; @@ -949,6 +1118,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i860-stratus os=-sysv4 ;; + strongarm-* | thumb-*) + basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun ;; @@ -1005,17 +1177,9 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=t90-cray os=-unicos ;; - tic54x | c54x*) - basic_machine=tic54x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic55x | c55x*) - basic_machine=tic55x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic6x | c6x*) - basic_machine=tic6x-unknown - os=-coff + tile*) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-linux-gnu ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown @@ -1084,6 +1248,9 @@ case $basic_machine in xps | xps100) basic_machine=xps100-honeywell ;; + xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*) + basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'` + ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray os=-unicos @@ -1092,6 +1259,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=z8k-unknown os=-sim ;; + z80-*-coff) + basic_machine=z80-unknown + os=-sim + ;; none) basic_machine=none-none os=-none @@ -1130,7 +1301,7 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; - sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) + sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) basic_machine=sh-unknown ;; sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) @@ -1177,9 +1348,12 @@ esac if [ x"$os" != x"" ] then case $os in - # First match some system type aliases - # that might get confused with valid system types. + # First match some system type aliases + # that might get confused with valid system types. # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. + -auroraux) + os=-auroraux + ;; -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` ;; @@ -1200,29 +1374,32 @@ case $os in # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ - | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ - | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \ + | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ + | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \ + | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \ | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ - | -aos* \ + | -aos* | -aros* | -cloudabi* | -sortix* \ | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ - | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ + | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ - | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \ - | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ - | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ + | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ + | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ + | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \ + | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \ + | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* | -moxiebox* \ | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ - | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*) + | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es* \ + | -onefs* | -tirtos*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; -qnx*) @@ -1261,7 +1438,7 @@ case $os in -opened*) os=-openedition ;; - -os400*) + -os400*) os=-os400 ;; -wince*) @@ -1310,7 +1487,7 @@ case $os in -sinix*) os=-sysv4 ;; - -tpf*) + -tpf*) os=-tpf ;; -triton*) @@ -1346,12 +1523,14 @@ case $os in -aros*) os=-aros ;; - -kaos*) - os=-kaos - ;; -zvmoe) os=-zvmoe ;; + -dicos*) + os=-dicos + ;; + -nacl*) + ;; -none) ;; *) @@ -1374,10 +1553,10 @@ else # system, and we'll never get to this point. case $basic_machine in - score-*) + score-*) os=-elf ;; - spu-*) + spu-*) os=-elf ;; *-acorn) @@ -1389,8 +1568,23 @@ case $basic_machine in arm*-semi) os=-aout ;; - c4x-* | tic4x-*) - os=-coff + c4x-* | tic4x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + c8051-*) + os=-elf + ;; + hexagon-*) + os=-elf + ;; + tic54x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic55x-*) + os=-coff + ;; + tic6x-*) + os=-coff ;; # This must come before the *-dec entry. pdp10-*) @@ -1410,14 +1604,11 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; m68000-sun) os=-sunos3 - # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the - # default. - # os=-sunos4 ;; m68*-cisco) os=-aout ;; - mep-*) + mep-*) os=-elf ;; mips*-cisco) @@ -1444,7 +1635,7 @@ case $basic_machine in *-ibm) os=-aix ;; - *-knuth) + *-knuth) os=-mmixware ;; *-wec) @@ -1549,7 +1740,7 @@ case $basic_machine in -sunos*) vendor=sun ;; - -aix*) + -cnk*|-aix*) vendor=ibm ;; -beos*) diff --git a/build-aux/cvsu b/build-aux/cvsu deleted file mode 100755 index 03e3d06..0000000 --- a/build-aux/cvsu +++ /dev/null @@ -1,514 +0,0 @@ -#! /usr/bin/perl -w - -# cvsu - do a quick check to see what files are out of date. -# -# Copyright (C) 2000-2005 Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> -# Initially written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com> -# Completely rewritten by Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA -# 02111-1307, USA. - - -require 5.004; -use Getopt::Long; -use File::Basename; -use Time::Local; -use strict; - -use vars qw($list_types %messages %options @batch_list $batch_cmd - $no_recurse $explain_type $find_mode $short_print - $no_cvsignore $nolinks $file $single_filename $curr_dir - @common_ignores $ignore_rx %entries %subdirs %removed); - -use constant SUBDIR_FOUND => 1; -use constant SUBDIR_CVS => 2; - -# This list comes from the CVS manual. -use constant STANDARD_IGNORES => - ('RCS', 'SCCS', 'CVS', 'CVS.adm', 'RCSLOG', 'cvslog.*', 'tags', - 'TAGS', '.make.state', '.nse_depinfo', '*~', '#*', '.#*', ',*', - "_\$*", "*\$", '*.old', '*.bak', '*.BAK', '*.orig', '*.rej', - '.del-*', '*.a', '*.olb', '*.o', '*.obj', '*.so', '*.exe', - '*.Z', '*.elc', '*.ln', 'core'); - -# 3-letter month names in POSIX locale, for fast date decoding -my %months = ( - "Jan" => 0, - "Feb" => 1, - "Mar" => 2, - "Apr" => 3, - "May" => 4, - "Jun" => 5, - "Jul" => 6, - "Aug" => 7, - "Sep" => 8, - "Oct" => 9, - "Nov" => 10, - "Dec" => 11 -); - -# print usage information and exit -sub usage () -{ - print "Usage:\n" . - " cvsu [OPTIONS] [FILE] ...\n" . - "Options:\n" . - " --local Disable recursion\n" . - " --explain Verbosely print status of files\n" . - " --find Emulate find - filenames only\n" . - " --short Don't print paths\n" . - " --ignore Don't read .cvsignore\n" . - " --messages List known file types and long messages\n" . - " --nolinks Disable recognizing hard and soft links\n" . - " --types=[^]LIST Print only file types [not] from LIST\n" . - " --batch=COMMAND Execute this command on files\n" . - " --help Print this usage information\n" . - " --version Print version number\n" . - "Abbreviations and short options are supported\n"; - exit 0; -} - -# print version information and exit -sub version () -{ - print "cvsu - CVS offline examiner, version 0.2.3\n"; - exit 0; -} - -# If types begin with '^', make inversion -sub adjust_types () -{ - if ($list_types =~ m{^\^(.*)$}) { - $list_types = ""; - foreach (keys %messages) { - $list_types .= $_ - if (index ($1, $_) < 0); - } - } -} - -# list known messages and exit -sub list_messages () -{ - my $default_mark; - print "Recognizable file types are:\n"; - foreach (sort keys %messages) { - if (index($list_types, $_) >= 0) { - $default_mark = "*"; - } else { - $default_mark = " "; - } - print " $default_mark $_ $messages{$_}\n"; - } - print "* indicates file types listed by default\n"; - exit 0; -} - -# Initialize @common_ignores -# Also read $HOME/.cvsignore and append it to @common_ignores -sub init_ignores () -{ - my $HOME = $ENV{"HOME"}; - - push @common_ignores, STANDARD_IGNORES; - - unless (defined($HOME)) { - return; - } - - my $home_cvsignore = "${HOME}/.cvsignore"; - - if (-f "$home_cvsignore") { - - unless (open (CVSIGNORE, "< $home_cvsignore")) { - error ("couldn't open $home_cvsignore: $!"); - } - - while (<CVSIGNORE>) { - push (@common_ignores, split); - } - - close (CVSIGNORE); - } - - my $CVSIGNOREENV = $ENV{"CVSIGNORE"}; - - unless (defined($CVSIGNOREENV)) { - return; - } - - my @ignores_var = split (/ /, $CVSIGNOREENV); - push (@common_ignores, @ignores_var); - -} - -# Print message and exit (like "die", but without raising an exception). -# Newline is added at the end. -sub error ($) -{ - print STDERR "cvsu: ERROR: " . shift(@_) . "\n"; - exit 1; -} - -# execute commands from @exec_list with $exec_cmd -sub do_batch () -{ - my @cmd_list = split (' ', $batch_cmd); - system (@cmd_list, @batch_list); -} - -# print files status -# Parameter 1: status in one-letter representation -sub file_status ($) -{ - my $type = shift (@_); - my $item; - my $pathfile; - - return - if $ignore_rx ne '' && $type =~ /[?SLD]/ && $file =~ /$ignore_rx/; - - return - if (index($list_types, $type) < 0); - - $pathfile = $curr_dir . $file; - - if (defined($batch_cmd)) { - push (@batch_list, $pathfile); - # 1000 items in the command line might be too much for HP-UX - if ($#batch_list > 1000) { - do_batch(); - undef @batch_list; - } - } - - if ($short_print) { - $item = $file; - } else { - $item = $pathfile; - } - - if ($find_mode) { - print "$item\n"; - } else { - $type = $messages{$type} - if ($explain_type); - print "$type $item\n"; - } -} - -# load entries from CVS/Entries and CVS/Entries.Log -# Parameter 1: file name for CVS/Entries -# Return: list of entries in the format used in CVS/Entries -sub load_entries ($); -sub load_entries ($) -{ - my $entries_file = shift (@_); - my $entries_log_file = "$entries_file.Log"; - my %ent = (); - - unless (open (ENTRIES, "< $entries_file")) { - error ("couldn't open $entries_file: $!"); - } - while (<ENTRIES>) { - chomp; - $ent{$_} = 1; - } - close (ENTRIES); - - if (open (ENTRIES, "< $entries_log_file")) { - while (<ENTRIES>) { - chomp; - if ( m{^A (.+)} ) { - $ent{$1} = 1; - } elsif ( m{^R (.+)} ) { - delete $ent{$1}; - } else { - # Note: "cvs commit" helps even when you are offline - error ("$entries_log_file:$.: unrecognizable line, " . - "try \"cvs commit\""); - } - } - close (ENTRIES); - } - - return keys %ent; -} - -# process one directory -# Parameter 1: directory name -sub process_arg ($); -sub process_arg ($) -{ - my $arg = shift (@_); - my %found_files = (); - - # $file, $curr_dir, and $ignore_rx must be seen in file_status - local $file = ""; - local $ignore_rx = ""; - local $single_filename = 0; - - if ( $arg eq "" or -d $arg ) { - $curr_dir = $arg; - my $real_curr_dir = $curr_dir eq "" ? "." : $curr_dir; - - error ("$real_curr_dir is not a directory") - unless ( -d $real_curr_dir ); - - # Scan present files. - file_status ("."); - opendir (DIR, $real_curr_dir) || - error ("couldn't open directory $real_curr_dir: $!"); - foreach (readdir (DIR)) { - $found_files {$_} = 1; - } - closedir (DIR); - } else { - $single_filename = basename $arg; - $curr_dir = dirname $arg; - $found_files{$single_filename} = 1 if lstat $arg; - } - - $curr_dir .= "/" - unless ( $curr_dir eq "" || $curr_dir =~ m{/$} ); - - # Scan CVS/Entries. - my %entries = (); - my %subdirs = (); - my %removed = (); - - foreach ( load_entries ("${curr_dir}CVS/Entries") ) { - if ( m{^D/([^/]+)/} ) { - $subdirs{$1} = SUBDIR_FOUND if !$single_filename; - } elsif ( m{^/([^/]+)/([^/])[^/]*/([^/]*)/} ) { - if ( !$single_filename or $single_filename eq $1 ) { - $entries{$1} = $3; - $removed{$1} = 1 - if $2 eq '-'; - } - } elsif ( m{^D$} ) { - next; - } else { - error ("${curr_dir}CVS/Entries: unrecognizable line"); - } - } - - if ( $single_filename && !$entries{$single_filename} && - !$found_files{$single_filename} ) { - error ("nothing known about $arg"); - } - - # Scan .cvsignore if any - unless ($no_cvsignore) { - my (@ignore_list) = (); - - if (-f "${curr_dir}.cvsignore") { - open (CVSIGNORE, "< ${curr_dir}.cvsignore") - || error ("couldn't open ${curr_dir}.cvsignore: $!"); - while (<CVSIGNORE>) { - push (@ignore_list, split); - } - close (CVSIGNORE); - } - - my ($iter); - foreach $iter (@ignore_list, @common_ignores) { - if ($iter eq '!') { - $ignore_rx = '' - } else { - if ($ignore_rx eq '') { - $ignore_rx = '^('; - } else { - $ignore_rx .= '|'; - } - $ignore_rx .= glob_to_rx ($iter); - } - } - $ignore_rx .= ')$' - if $ignore_rx ne ''; - } - - # File is missing - foreach $file (sort keys %entries) { - unless ($found_files{$file}) { - if ($removed{$file}) { - file_status("R"); - } else { - file_status("U"); - } - } - } - - foreach $file (sort keys %found_files) { - next if ($file eq '.' || $file eq '..'); - lstat ($curr_dir . $file) || - error ("lstat() failed on $curr_dir . $file"); - if (! $nolinks && -l _) { - file_status ("L"); - } elsif (-d _) { - if ($file eq 'CVS') { - file_status ("C"); - } elsif ($subdirs{$file}) { - $subdirs{$file} = SUBDIR_CVS; - } else { - file_status ("D"); # Unknown directory - } - } elsif (! (-f _) && ! (-l _)) { - file_status ("S"); # This must be something very special - } elsif (! $nolinks && (stat _) [3] > 1 ) { - file_status ("H"); # Hard link - } elsif (! $entries{$file}) { - file_status ("?"); - } elsif ($entries{$file} =~ /^Initial |^dummy /) { - file_status ("A"); - } elsif ($entries{$file} =~ /^Result of merge/) { - file_status ("G"); - } elsif ($entries{$file} !~ - /^(...) (...) (..) (..):(..):(..) (....)$/) { - error ("Invalid timestamp for $curr_dir$file: $entries{$file}"); - } else { - my $cvtime = timegm($6, $5, $4, $3, $months{$2}, $7 - 1900); - my $mtime = (stat _) [9]; - if ($cvtime == $mtime) { - file_status ("F"); - } elsif ($cvtime < $mtime) { - file_status ("M"); - } else { - file_status ("O"); - } - } - } - - # Now do directories. - unless ($no_recurse) { - my $save_curr_dir = $curr_dir; - foreach $file (sort keys %subdirs) { - if ($subdirs{$file} == SUBDIR_FOUND) { - $curr_dir = $save_curr_dir; - file_status ("X"); - } elsif ($subdirs{$file} == SUBDIR_CVS) { - process_arg ($save_curr_dir . $file) - } - } - } -} - -# Turn a glob into a regexp without recognizing square brackets. -sub glob_to_rx_simple ($) -{ - my ($expr) = @_; - # Quote all non-word characters, convert ? to . and * to .* - $expr =~ s/(\W)/\\$1/g; - $expr =~ s/\\\*/.*/g; - $expr =~ s/\\\?/./g; - return $expr; -} - -# Turn a glob into a regexp -sub glob_to_rx ($) -{ - my $result = ''; - my ($expr) = @_; - # Find parts in square brackets and copy them literally - # Text outside brackets is processed by glob_to_rx_simple() - while ($expr ne '') { - if ($expr =~ /^(.*?)(\[.*?\])(.*)/) { - $expr = $3; - $result .= glob_to_rx_simple ($1) . $2; - } else { - $result .= glob_to_rx_simple ($expr); - last; - } - } - return $result; -} - -sub Main () -{ - # types of files to be listed - $list_types = "^.FCL"; - - # long status messages - %messages = ( - "?" => "Unlisted file", - "." => "Known directory", - "F" => "Up-to-date file", - "C" => "CVS admin directory", - "M" => "Modified file", - "S" => "Special file", - "D" => "Unlisted directory", - "L" => "Symbolic link", - "H" => "Hard link", - "U" => "Lost file", - "X" => "Lost directory", - "A" => "Newly added", - "O" => "Older copy", - "G" => "Result of merge", - "R" => "Removed file" - ); - - undef @batch_list; # List of files for batch processing - undef $batch_cmd; # Command to be executed on files - $no_recurse = 0; # If this is set, do only local files - $explain_type = 0; # Verbosely print status of files - $find_mode = 0; # Don't print status at all - $short_print = 0; # Print only filenames without path - $no_cvsignore = 0; # Ignore .cvsignore - $nolinks = 0; # Do not test for soft- or hard-links - my $want_msg = 0; # List possible filetypes and exit - my $want_help = 0; # Print help and exit - my $want_ver = 0; # Print version and exit - - my %options = ( - "types=s" => \$list_types, - "batch=s" => \$batch_cmd, - "local" => \$no_recurse, - "explain" => \$explain_type, - "find" => \$find_mode, - "short" => \$short_print, - "ignore" => \$no_cvsignore, - "messages" => \$want_msg, - "nolinks" => \$nolinks, - "help" => \$want_help, - "version" => \$want_ver - ); - - GetOptions(%options); - - adjust_types(); - - list_messages() if $want_msg; - usage() if $want_help; - version() if $want_ver; - - unless ($no_cvsignore) { - init_ignores(); - } - - if ($#ARGV < 0) { - @ARGV = (""); - } - - foreach (@ARGV) { - process_arg ($_); - } - - if ($#batch_list >= 0) { - do_batch(); - } -} - -Main(); diff --git a/build-aux/depcomp b/build-aux/depcomp index ca5ea4e..28ce42a 100755 --- a/build-aux/depcomp +++ b/build-aux/depcomp @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects -scriptversion=2006-10-15.18 +scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software -# Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -17,9 +16,7 @@ scriptversion=2006-10-15.18 # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -30,9 +27,9 @@ scriptversion=2006-10-15.18 case $1 in '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; + echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + exit 1; + ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] @@ -42,11 +39,11 @@ as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. - source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. + source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. + object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. - tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. + tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. @@ -59,6 +56,66 @@ EOF ;; esac +# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the +# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will +# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate. +set_dir_from () +{ + case $1 in + */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;; + *) dir=;; + esac +} + +# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the +# global variable '$base'. +set_base_from () +{ + base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'` +} + +# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation, +# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the +# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme. +make_dummy_depfile () +{ + echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" +} + +# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile. +# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set. +aix_post_process_depfile () +{ + # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file, + # post-process it. + if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then + # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'. + # Do two passes, one to just change these to + # $object: dependency.h + # and one to simply output + # dependency.h: + # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem. + { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" + sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" + } > "$depfile" + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + else + make_dummy_depfile + fi +} + +# A tabulation character. +tab=' ' +# A newline character. +nl=' +' +# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale. +# These definitions help. +upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ +lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz +digits=0123456789 +alpha=${upper}${lower} + if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 @@ -71,6 +128,9 @@ tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" +# Avoid interferences from the environment. +gccflag= dashmflag= + # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case @@ -82,9 +142,32 @@ if test "$depmode" = hp; then fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then - # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. - dashmflag=-xM - depmode=dashmstdout + # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. + dashmflag=-xM + depmode=dashmstdout +fi + +cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" +if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then + # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvisualcpp +fi + +if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then + # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. + # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward + # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 + cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' + depmode=msvc7 +fi + +if test "$depmode" = xlc; then + # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information. + gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF + depmode=gcc fi case "$depmode" in @@ -107,8 +190,7 @@ gcc3) done "$@" stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else + if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi @@ -116,13 +198,17 @@ gcc3) ;; gcc) +## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers. +## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler. +## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above). ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like -## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). +## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be +## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode. ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then @@ -130,31 +216,31 @@ gcc) fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else + if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz -## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. + # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive + # letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" -## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. +## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | -## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory +## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as -## well. +## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH +## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; @@ -165,115 +251,136 @@ hp) exit 1 ;; -sgi) - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" - else - "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" - fi - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - - # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be - # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle - # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in - # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; - # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the - # dependency line. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ - | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ - tr ' -' ' ' >> $depfile - echo >> $depfile - - # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ - | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ - >> $depfile - else - # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just - # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile - # "include basename.Plo" scheme. - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" +xlc) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the - # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the + # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. - stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + set_dir_from "$object" + set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u "$@" -Wc,-M else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u "$@" -M fi stat=$? - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : - else - stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + exit $stat fi - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + aix_post_process_depfile + ;; + +tcc) + # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26 + # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing. + # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released + # versions. + # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a + # trailing '\', as in: + # + # foo.o : \ + # foo.c \ + # foo.h \ + # + # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading + # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7 + # "Emit spaces for -MD"). + "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - outname="$stripped.o" - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. - # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just - # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile - # "include basename.Plo" scheme. - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi + rm -f "$depfile" + # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'. + # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'. + sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:' + # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem. + sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; -icc) - # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on - # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c - # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like - # foo.o: sub/foo.c - # foo.o: sub/foo.h - # which is wrong. We want: - # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c - # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h - # sub/foo.c: - # sub/foo.h: - # ICC 7.1 will output +## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the +## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order +## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many +## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options. +pgcc) + # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'. + # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the + # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory. + # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file. + # pgcc 10.2 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h - # and will wrap long lines using \ : + # and will wrap long lines using '\' : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... + set_dir_from "$object" + # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since + # that's sadly what pgcc will do too. + set_base_from "$source" + tmpdepfile=$base.d + + # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object + # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause + # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on + # the same $tmpdepfile. + lockdir=$base.d-lock + trap " + echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2 + rmdir '$lockdir' + exit 1 + " 1 2 13 15 + numtries=100 + i=$numtries + while test $i -gt 0; do + # mkdir is a portable test-and-set. + if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then + # This process acquired the lock. + "$@" -MD + stat=$? + # Release the lock. + rmdir "$lockdir" + break + else + # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait + # until the winning process is done or we timeout. + while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do + sleep 1 + i=`expr $i - 1` + done + fi + i=`expr $i - 1` + done + trap - 1 2 13 15 + if test $i -le 0; then + echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2 + echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2 + exit 1 + fi - "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else + if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi @@ -285,8 +392,8 @@ icc) sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | - sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; @@ -297,9 +404,8 @@ hp2) # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that # happens to be. # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` + set_dir_from "$object" + set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d @@ -310,8 +416,7 @@ hp2) "$@" +Maked fi stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else + if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" exit $stat fi @@ -321,72 +426,107 @@ hp2) test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # Add `dependent.h:' lines. - sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" + sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Add 'dependent.h:' lines. + sed -ne '2,${ + s/^ *// + s/ \\*$// + s/$/:/ + p + }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" + make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" ;; tru64) - # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side - # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. - # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put - # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. - # Subdirectories are respected. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` - - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a - # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to - # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. - # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. - # - # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now - # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two - # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and - # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because - # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer - # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is - # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring - # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. - tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 - tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 - tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 - "$@" -Wc,-MD - else - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d - "$@" -MD - fi - - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" - exit $stat - fi - - for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" - do - test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break - done - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # That's a tab and a space in the []. - sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; + # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side + # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'. + # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put + # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. + # Subdirectories are respected. + set_dir_from "$object" + set_base_from "$object" + + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These + # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and + # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because + # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer + # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is + # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring + # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 + tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise. + tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 + "$@" -Wc,-MD + else + tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d + tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d + "$@" -MD + fi + + stat=$? + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + exit $stat + fi + + for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" + do + test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break + done + # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode. + aix_post_process_depfile + ;; + +msvc7) + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes + else + showIncludes=-showIncludes + fi + "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" + stat=$? + grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" + if test $stat -ne 0; then + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + exit $stat + fi + rm -f "$depfile" + echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" + # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes + # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file + # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the + # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only + # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' +/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { + s//\1/ + s/\\/\\\\/g + p +}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' +s/ /\\ /g +s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p +s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ +H +$ { + s/.*/'"$tab"'/ + G + p +}' >> "$depfile" + echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash + rm -f "$tmpdepfile" + ;; + +msvc7msys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect @@ -399,13 +539,13 @@ dashmstdout) # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi - # Remove `-o $object'. + # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do @@ -425,18 +565,18 @@ dashmstdout) done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M - # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' + # Require at least two characters before searching for ':' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: - # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. + # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | - sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" + sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ + | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; @@ -450,41 +590,51 @@ makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift - cleared=no - for arg in "$@"; do + cleared=no eat=no + for arg + do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac + if test $eat = yes; then + eat=no + continue + fi case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. + -arch) + eat=yes ;; -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done - obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" + obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' -' | \ -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" + # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. + # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. + sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" + # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation + # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. + sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \ + | tr ' ' "$nl" \ + | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ + | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; @@ -495,13 +645,13 @@ cpp) # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi - # Remove `-o $object'. + # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do @@ -520,10 +670,10 @@ cpp) esac done - "$@" -E | - sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ - -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | - sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" + "$@" -E \ + | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ + | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" @@ -533,35 +683,56 @@ cpp) msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, - # because we must use -o when running libtool. + # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? + + # Remove the call to Libtool. + if test "$libtool" = yes; then + while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do + shift + done + shift + fi + IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in + -o) + shift + ;; + $object) + shift + ;; "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") - set fnord "$@" - shift - shift - ;; + set fnord "$@" + shift + shift + ;; *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift - shift - ;; + set fnord "$@" "$arg" + shift + shift + ;; esac done - "$@" -E | - sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" + "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | + sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" - echo " " >> "$depfile" - . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" + echo "$tab" >> "$depfile" + sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; +msvcmsys) + # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by + # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, + # since it is checked for above. + exit 1 + ;; + none) exec "$@" ;; @@ -580,5 +751,6 @@ exit 0 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag b/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b4f3251 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# In a git/autoconf/automake-enabled project with a NEWS file and a version- +# controlled .prev-version file, automate the procedure by which we record +# the date, release-type and version string in the NEWS file. That commit +# will serve to identify the release, so apply a signed tag to it as well. +VERSION=2016-01-12.23 # UTC + +# Note: this is a bash script (could be zsh or dash) + +# Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Written by Jim Meyering + +ME=$(basename "$0") +warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; } +die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; } + +help() +{ + cat <<EOF +Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION RELEASE_TYPE + +Run this script from top_srcdir to perform the final pre-release NEWS +update in which the date, release-type and version string are +recorded. Commit that result with a log entry marking the release, +and apply a signed tag. Run it from your project's top-level +directory. + +Requirements: +- you use git for version-control +- a version-controlled .prev-version file +- a NEWS file, with line 3 identical to this: +$noteworthy_stub + +Options: + --branch=BRANCH set release branch (default: $branch) + -C, --builddir=DIR location of (configured) Makefile (default: $builddir) + --help print this help, then exit + --version print version number, then exit + +EXAMPLE: +To update NEWS and tag the beta 8.1 release of coreutils, I would run this: + + $ME 8.1 beta + +Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit +} + +version() +{ + year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//') + cat <<EOF +$ME $VERSION +Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc, +License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> +This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. +There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. +EOF + exit +} + +## ------ ## +## Main. ## +## ------ ## + +# Constants. +noteworthy='* Noteworthy changes in release' +noteworthy_stub="$noteworthy ?.? (????-??-??) [?]" + +# Variables. +branch=$(git branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}') +builddir=. + +while test $# != 0 +do + # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv. + case $1 in + --*=*) + opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//') + val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//') + shift + set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift + ;; + esac + + case $1 in + --help|--version) ${1#--};; + --branch) shift; branch=$1; shift ;; + -C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;; + --*) die "unrecognized option: $1";; + *) break;; + esac +done + +test $# = 2 \ + || die "Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION TYPE" + +ver=$1 +type=$2 + + +## ---------------------- ## +## First, sanity checks. ## +## ---------------------- ## + +# Verify that $ver looks like a version number, and... +echo "$ver"|grep -E '^[0-9][0-9.]*[0-9]$' > /dev/null \ + || die "invalid version: $ver" +prev_ver=$(cat .prev-version) \ + || die 'failed to determine previous version number from .prev-version' + +# Verify that $ver is sensible (> .prev-version). +case $(printf "$prev_ver\n$ver\n"|sort -V -u|tr '\n' ':') in + "$prev_ver:$ver:") ;; + *) die "invalid version: $ver (<= $prev_ver)";; +esac + +case $type in + alpha|beta|stable) ;; + *) die "invalid release type: $type";; +esac + +# No local modifications allowed. +case $(git diff-index --name-only HEAD) in + '') ;; + *) die 'this tree is dirty; commit your changes first';; +esac + +# Ensure the current branch name is correct: +curr_br=$(git rev-parse --symbolic-full-name HEAD) +test "$curr_br" = refs/heads/$branch || die not on branch $branch + +# Extract package name from Makefile. +Makefile=$builddir/Makefile +pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' "$Makefile") \ + || die "failed to determine package name from $Makefile" + +# Check that line 3 of NEWS is the stub line about to be replaced. +test "$(sed -n 3p NEWS)" = "$noteworthy_stub" \ + || die "line 3 of NEWS must be exactly '$noteworthy_stub'" + +## --------------- ## +## Then, changes. ## +## --------------- ## + +# Update NEWS to have today's date, plus desired version number and $type. +perl -MPOSIX -ni -e 'my $today = strftime "%F", localtime time;' \ + -e 'my ($type, $ver) = qw('"$type $ver"');' \ + -e 'my $pfx = "'"$noteworthy"'";' \ + -e 'print $.==3 ? "$pfx $ver ($today) [$type]\n" : $_' \ + NEWS || die 'failed to update NEWS' + +printf "version $ver\n\n* NEWS: Record release date.\n" \ + | git commit -F - -a || die 'git commit failed' +git tag -s -m "$pkg $ver" v$ver HEAD || die 'git tag failed' + +# Local variables: +# indent-tabs-mode: nil +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "VERSION=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: " # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/gen-lists-of-programs.sh b/build-aux/gen-lists-of-programs.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..40c3a32 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gen-lists-of-programs.sh @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Generate lists of all coreutils programs, to be fed both to Autoconf +# and Automake, and with further distinctions about how and when these +# programs should be built. This is useful to avoid duplicating these +# list definitions among several files ('configure.ac' and +# 'src/local.mk' at least); such duplication had proved a source of +# inconsistencies and bugs in the past. + +set -u +set -e + +# These are the names of programs that are neither built nor installed +# by default. This list is *not* intended for programs like 'who', +# 'nice', 'chroot', etc., that are built only when certain requisite +# system features are detected. +# If you would like to install programs from this list anyway, say A and B, +# use "--enable-install-program=A,B" when invoking configure. +disabled_by_default_progs=' + arch + coreutils + hostname +' + +# Programs that can be built only when certain requisite system +# features are detected at configure time. +build_if_possible_progs=' + chroot + df + hostid + libstdbuf.so + nice + pinky + stdbuf + stty + uptime + users + who +' + +# All the other programs, to be built by default, and that should +# be buildable without problems on any target system. +normal_progs=' + [ + base64 + base32 + basename + cat + chcon + chgrp + chmod + chown + cksum + comm + cp + csplit + cut + date + dd + dir + dircolors + dirname + du + echo + env + expand + expr + factor + false + fmt + fold + ginstall + groups + head + id + join + kill + link + ln + logname + ls + md5sum + mkdir + mkfifo + mknod + mktemp + mv + nl + nproc + nohup + numfmt + od + paste + pathchk + pr + printenv + printf + ptx + pwd + readlink + realpath + rm + rmdir + runcon + seq + sha1sum + sha224sum + sha256sum + sha384sum + sha512sum + shred + shuf + sleep + sort + split + stat + sum + sync + tac + tail + tee + test + timeout + touch + tr + true + truncate + tsort + tty + uname + unexpand + uniq + unlink + vdir + wc + whoami + yes +' + +me=`echo "$0" | sed 's,.*/,,'` +msg="Automatically generated by $me. DO NOT EDIT BY HAND!" + +case $#,$1 in + 1,--autoconf|1,--for-autoconf) + echo "dnl $msg" + for p in $normal_progs; do + test x"$p" = x"[" && p='@<:@' + echo "gl_ADD_PROG([optional_bin_progs], [$p])" + done + # Extra 'echo' to normalize whitespace. + echo "no_install_progs_default='`echo $disabled_by_default_progs`'" + sed 's/^ *//' <<END + # Given the name of a variable containing a space-separated + # list of install-by-default programs and the actual list of + # do-not-install-by-default programs, modify the former variable + # to reflect any "do-install" and "don't-install" requests. + # That is, add any program specified via --enable-install-program, + # and remove any program specified via --enable-no-install-program. + # Note how the second argument below is a literal, with "," + # separators. That is required due to the way the macro works, + # and since the corresponding ./configure option argument is + # comma-separated on input. + gl_INCLUDE_EXCLUDE_PROG([optional_bin_progs], [`\ + echo $disabled_by_default_progs \ + | sed 's/ /,/g'`]) +END + ;; + 1,--automake|1,--for-automake) + echo "## $msg" + progsdir=src + echo no_install__progs = + for p in $disabled_by_default_progs; do + echo no_install__progs += $progsdir/$p + done + echo build_if_possible__progs = + for p in $build_if_possible_progs; do + echo build_if_possible__progs += $progsdir/$p + done + echo default__progs = + for p in $normal_progs; do + echo default__progs += $progsdir/$p + done + ;; + 1,--list-progs) + for p in $disabled_by_default_progs $build_if_possible_progs \ + $normal_progs; do + echo $p + done + ;; + *) + echo "$0: invalid usage" >&2; exit 2 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/build-aux/gen-single-binary.sh b/build-aux/gen-single-binary.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4e07cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gen-single-binary.sh @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +#!/bin/sh + +# Generate the list of rules for the single-binary option based on all the other +# binaries found in src/local.mk. +# +# We need to duplicate the specific rules to build each program into a new +# static library target. We can't reuse the existing target since we need to +# create a .a file instead of linking the program. We can't do this at +# ./configure since the file names need to be available when automake runs +# to let it generate all the required rules in Makefile.in. The configure +# step will select which ones will be used to build, but they need to be +# generated beforehand. +# +# Instead of maintaining a duplicated list of rules, we generate the +# single-binary required rules based on the normal configuration found on +# src/local.mk with this script. + +if test "x$1" = "x"; then + echo "Usage: $0 path/to/src/local.mk" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +set -e + +LOCAL_MK=$1 +GEN_LISTS_OF_PROGRAMS="`dirname "$0"`/gen-lists-of-programs.sh" + +ALL_PROGRAMS=$($GEN_LISTS_OF_PROGRAMS --list-progs \ + | grep -v -F -e coreutils -e libstdbuf.so \ + | tr '[' '_') + +# Compute default SOURCES. automake will assume the source file for the +# src_${cmd} target to be src/${cmd}.c, but we will add rules to generate +# the lib src_libsinglebin_${cmd}_a which won't match the autogenerated source +# file. This loop will initialize the default source file and will be reset +# later if needed. +for cmd in $ALL_PROGRAMS; do + eval "src_${cmd}_SOURCES=src/${cmd}.c" +done + +# Load actual values from src/local.mk. This will read all the variables from +# the local.mk matching the src_${cmd}_... case. +while read l; do + if echo "$l" | grep -E '^src_\w+ +\+?=' > /dev/null; then + var=$(echo $l | cut -f 1 -d ' ') + value=$(echo $l | cut -f 2- -d =) + if [ "$value" != " \$(LDADD)" ]; then + oldvalue="" + if echo $l | grep -F '+=' >/dev/null; then + eval "oldvalue=\${$var}" + fi + value=$(echo "$value" | sed "s/'/'\"'\"'/g") + eval "$var='$oldvalue "$value"'" + fi + fi +done < $LOCAL_MK + +me=`echo "$0" | sed 's,.*/,,'` +echo "## Automatically generated by $me. DO NOT EDIT BY HAND!" + +# Override the sources for dir and vdir. We use a smaller version of dir and +# vdir that relies on the ls main. +src_dir_SOURCES="src/coreutils-dir.c" +src_dir_LDADD="$src_dir_LDADD src/libsinglebin_ls.a" +echo src_libsinglebin_dir_a_DEPENDENCIES = src/libsinglebin_ls.a +src_vdir_SOURCES="src/coreutils-vdir.c" +src_vdir_LDADD="$src_vdir_LDADD src/libsinglebin_ls.a" +echo src_libsinglebin_vdir_a_DEPENDENCIES = src/libsinglebin_ls.a + +# Override the sources for arch likewise, using the main from uname. +src_arch_SOURCES="src/coreutils-arch.c" +src_arch_LDADD="$src_arch_LDADD src/libsinglebin_uname.a" +echo src_libsinglebin_arch_a_DEPENDENCIES = src/libsinglebin_uname.a + +for cmd in $ALL_PROGRAMS; do + echo "# Command $cmd" + echo noinst_LIBRARIES += src/libsinglebin_${cmd}.a + base="src_libsinglebin_${cmd}_a" + # SOURCES + var=src_${cmd}_SOURCES + eval "value=\$$var" + echo "${base}_SOURCES = $value" + + # LDADD + var=src_${cmd}_LDADD + eval "value=\$$var" + if [ "x$value" != "x" ]; then + echo "${base}_ldadd = $value" + fi + + # CFLAGS + # Hack any other program defining a main() replacing its main by + # single_binary_main_$PROGRAM_NAME. + echo "${base}_CFLAGS = \"-Dmain=single_binary_main_${cmd} (int, char **);" \ + " int single_binary_main_${cmd}\" " \ + "-Dusage=_usage_${cmd} \$(src_coreutils_CFLAGS)" + var=src_${cmd}_CFLAGS + eval "value=\$$var" + if [ "x$value" != "x" ]; then + echo "${base}_CFLAGS += $value" + fi + + # CPPFLAGS + var=src_${cmd}_CPPFLAGS + eval "value=\$$var" + if [ "x$value" != "x" ]; then + echo "${base}_CPPFLAGS = $value" + fi +done + +exit 0 diff --git a/build-aux/gendocs.sh b/build-aux/gendocs.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000..1d1e1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gendocs.sh @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e +# gendocs.sh -- generate a GNU manual in many formats. This script is +# mentioned in maintain.texi. See the help message below for usage details. + +scriptversion=2016-01-01.00 + +# Copyright 2003-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. +# +# Original author: Mohit Agarwal. +# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-gnulib@gnu.org. +# +# The latest version of this script, and the companion template, is +# available from the Gnulib repository: +# +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/build-aux/gendocs.sh +# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/doc/gendocs_template + +# TODO: +# - image importing was only implemented for HTML generated by +# makeinfo. But it should be simple enough to adjust. +# - images are not imported in the source tarball. All the needed +# formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) should be included. + +prog=`basename "$0"` +srcdir=`pwd` + +scripturl="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/build-aux/gendocs.sh" +templateurl="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/doc/gendocs_template" + +: ${SETLANG="env LANG= LC_MESSAGES= LC_ALL= LANGUAGE="} +: ${MAKEINFO="makeinfo"} +: ${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi"} +: ${DOCBOOK2HTML="docbook2html"} +: ${DOCBOOK2PDF="docbook2pdf"} +: ${DOCBOOK2TXT="docbook2txt"} +: ${GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR="."} +: ${PERL='perl'} +: ${TEXI2HTML="texi2html"} +unset CDPATH +unset use_texi2html + +version="gendocs.sh $scriptversion + +Copyright 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software +under the terms of the GNU General Public License. +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING." + +usage="Usage: $prog [OPTION]... PACKAGE MANUAL-TITLE + +Generate output in various formats from PACKAGE.texinfo (or .texi or +.txi) source. See the GNU Maintainers document for a more extensive +discussion: + http://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain_toc.html + +Options: + --email ADR use ADR as contact in generated web pages; always give this. + + -s SRCFILE read Texinfo from SRCFILE, instead of PACKAGE.{texinfo|texi|txi} + -o OUTDIR write files into OUTDIR, instead of manual/. + -I DIR append DIR to the Texinfo search path. + --common ARG pass ARG in all invocations. + --html ARG pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets, + instead of --css-ref=/software/gnulib/manual.css. + --info ARG pass ARG to makeinfo for Info, instead of --no-split. + --no-ascii skip generating the plain text output. + --no-html skip generating the html output. + --no-info skip generating the info output. + --no-tex skip generating the dvi and pdf output. + --source ARG include ARG in tar archive of sources. + --split HOW make split HTML by node, section, chapter; default node. + --tex ARG pass ARG to texi2dvi for DVI and PDF, instead of -t @finalout. + + --texi2html use texi2html to make HTML target, with all split versions. + --docbook convert through DocBook too (xml, txt, html, pdf). + + --help display this help and exit successfully. + --version display version information and exit successfully. + +Simple example: $prog --email bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org emacs \"GNU Emacs Manual\" + +Typical sequence: + cd PACKAGESOURCE/doc + wget \"$scripturl\" + wget \"$templateurl\" + $prog --email BUGLIST MANUAL \"GNU MANUAL - One-line description\" + +Output will be in a new subdirectory \"manual\" (by default; +use -o OUTDIR to override). Move all the new files into your web CVS +tree, as explained in the Web Pages node of maintain.texi. + +Please use the --email ADDRESS option so your own bug-reporting +address will be used in the generated HTML pages. + +MANUAL-TITLE is included as part of the HTML <title> of the overall +manual/index.html file. It should include the name of the package being +documented. manual/index.html is created by substitution from the file +$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template. (Feel free to modify the +generic template for your own purposes.) + +If you have several manuals, you'll need to run this script several +times with different MANUAL values, specifying a different output +directory with -o each time. Then write (by hand) an overall index.html +with links to them all. + +If a manual's Texinfo sources are spread across several directories, +first copy or symlink all Texinfo sources into a single directory. +(Part of the script's work is to make a tar.gz of the sources.) + +As implied above, by default monolithic Info files are generated. +If you want split Info, or other Info options, use --info to override. + +You can set the environment variables MAKEINFO, TEXI2DVI, TEXI2HTML, +and PERL to control the programs that get executed, and +GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR to control where the gendocs_template file is +looked for. With --docbook, the environment variables DOCBOOK2HTML, +DOCBOOK2PDF, and DOCBOOK2TXT are also consulted. + +By default, makeinfo and texi2dvi are run in the default (English) +locale, since that's the language of most Texinfo manuals. If you +happen to have a non-English manual and non-English web site, see the +SETLANG setting in the source. + +Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org. +" + +MANUAL_TITLE= +PACKAGE= +EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org # please override with --email +commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invcations. +dirargs= # passed to all tools (-I dir). +dirs= # -I directories. +htmlarg=--css-ref=/software/gnulib/manual.css +infoarg=--no-split +generate_ascii=true +generate_html=true +generate_info=true +generate_tex=true +outdir=manual +source_extra= +split=node +srcfile= +texarg="-t @finalout" + +while test $# -gt 0; do + case $1 in + -s) shift; srcfile=$1;; + -o) shift; outdir=$1;; + -I) shift; dirargs="$dirargs -I '$1'"; dirs="$dirs $1";; + --common) shift; commonarg=$1;; + --docbook) docbook=yes;; + --email) shift; EMAIL=$1;; + --html) shift; htmlarg=$1;; + --info) shift; infoarg=$1;; + --no-ascii) generate_ascii=false;; + --no-html) generate_ascii=false;; + --no-info) generate_info=false;; + --no-tex) generate_tex=false;; + --source) shift; source_extra=$1;; + --split) shift; split=$1;; + --tex) shift; texarg=$1;; + --texi2html) use_texi2html=1;; + + --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;; + --version) echo "$version"; exit 0;; + -*) + echo "$0: Unknown option \`$1'." >&2 + echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2 + exit 1;; + *) + if test -z "$PACKAGE"; then + PACKAGE=$1 + elif test -z "$MANUAL_TITLE"; then + MANUAL_TITLE=$1 + else + echo "$0: extra non-option argument \`$1'." >&2 + exit 1 + fi;; + esac + shift +done + +# makeinfo uses the dirargs, but texi2dvi doesn't. +commonarg=" $dirargs $commonarg" + +# For most of the following, the base name is just $PACKAGE +base=$PACKAGE + +if test -n "$srcfile"; then + # but here, we use the basename of $srcfile + base=`basename "$srcfile"` + case $base in + *.txi|*.texi|*.texinfo) base=`echo "$base"|sed 's/\.[texinfo]*$//'`;; + esac + PACKAGE=$base +elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo"; then + srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo +elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi"; then + srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi +elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi"; then + srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi +else + echo "$0: cannot find .texinfo or .texi or .txi for $PACKAGE in $srcdir." >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +if test ! -r $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template; then + echo "$0: cannot read $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template." >&2 + echo "$0: it is available from $templateurl." >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +# Function to return size of $1 in something resembling kilobytes. +calcsize() +{ + size=`ls -ksl $1 | awk '{print $1}'` + echo $size +} + +# copy_images OUTDIR HTML-FILE... +# ------------------------------- +# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR. +# Look for them in . and the -I directories; this is simpler than what +# makeinfo supports with -I, but hopefully it will suffice. +copy_images() +{ + local odir + odir=$1 + shift + $PERL -n -e " +BEGIN { + \$me = '$prog'; + \$odir = '$odir'; + @dirs = qw(. $dirs); +} +" -e ' +/<img src="(.*?)"/g && ++$need{$1}; + +END { + #print "$me: @{[keys %need]}\n"; # for debugging, show images found. + FILE: for my $f (keys %need) { + for my $d (@dirs) { + if (-f "$d/$f") { + use File::Basename; + my $dest = dirname ("$odir/$f"); + # + use File::Path; + -d $dest || mkpath ($dest) + || die "$me: cannot mkdir $dest: $!\n"; + # + use File::Copy; + copy ("$d/$f", $dest) + || die "$me: cannot copy $d/$f to $dest: $!\n"; + next FILE; + } + } + die "$me: $ARGV: cannot find image $f\n"; + } +} +' -- "$@" || exit 1 +} + +case $outdir in + /*) abs_outdir=$outdir;; + *) abs_outdir=$srcdir/$outdir;; +esac + +echo "Making output for $srcfile" +echo " in `pwd`" +mkdir -p "$outdir/" + +# +if $generate_info; then + cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\"" + echo "Generating info... ($cmd)" + rm -f $PACKAGE.info* # get rid of any strays + eval "$cmd" + tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info* + ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" + info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"` + # do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available + # separately on the web. +fi # end info + +# +if $generate_tex; then + cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating dvi... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + # compress/finish dvi: + gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi + dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz` + mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/" + ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz" + + cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating pdf... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf` + mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/" + ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf" +fi # end tex (dvi + pdf) + +# +if $generate_ascii; then + opt="-o $PACKAGE.txt --no-split --no-headers $commonarg" + cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating ascii... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.txt` + gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.txt >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz" + ascii_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"` + mv $PACKAGE.txt "$outdir/" + ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz" +fi + +# + +if $generate_html; then +# Split HTML at level $1. Used for texi2html. +html_split() +{ + opt="--split=$1 --node-files $commonarg $htmlarg" + cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML --output $PACKAGE.html $opt \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating html by $1... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html + ( + cd ${split_html_dir} || exit 1 + ln -sf ${PACKAGE}.html index.html + tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz" -- *.html + ) + eval html_$1_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz"` + rm -f "$outdir"/html_$1/*.html + mkdir -p "$outdir/html_$1/" + mv ${split_html_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_$1/" + rmdir ${split_html_dir} +} + +if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then + opt="--no-split --html -o $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg" + cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating monolithic html... ($cmd)\n" + rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over + eval "$cmd" + html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html` + gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz" + html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"` + copy_images "$outdir/" $PACKAGE.html + mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/" + ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz" + + # Before Texinfo 5.0, makeinfo did not accept a --split=HOW option, + # it just always split by node. So if we're splitting by node anyway, + # leave it out. + if test "x$split" = xnode; then + split_arg= + else + split_arg=--split=$split + fi + # + opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html $split_arg $commonarg $htmlarg" + cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating html by $split... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html + copy_images $split_html_dir/ $split_html_dir/*.html + ( + cd $split_html_dir || exit 1 + tar -czf "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz" -- * + ) + eval \ + html_${split}_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"` + rm -rf "$outdir/html_$split/" + mv $split_html_dir "$outdir/html_$split/" + du -s "$outdir/html_$split/" + ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz" + +else # use texi2html: + opt="--output $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg" + cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML $opt \"$srcfile\"" + printf "\nGenerating monolithic html with texi2html... ($cmd)\n" + rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over + eval "$cmd" + html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html` + gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz" + html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"` + mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/" + + html_split node + html_split chapter + html_split section +fi +fi # end html + +# +printf "\nMaking .tar.gz for sources...\n" +d=`dirname $srcfile` +( + cd "$d" + srcfiles=`ls -d *.texinfo *.texi *.txi *.eps $source_extra 2>/dev/null` || true + tar czfh "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz" $srcfiles + ls -l "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz" +) +texi_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"` + +# +# Do everything again through docbook. +if test -n "$docbook"; then + opt="-o - --docbook $commonarg" + cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\" >${srcdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml" + printf "\nGenerating docbook XML... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + docbook_xml_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.xml` + gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE-db.xml >"$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz" + docbook_xml_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"` + mv $PACKAGE-db.xml "$outdir/" + + split_html_db_dir=html_node_db + opt="$commonarg -o $split_html_db_dir" + cmd="$DOCBOOK2HTML $opt \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\"" + printf "\nGenerating docbook HTML... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + ( + cd ${split_html_db_dir} || exit 1 + tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz" -- *.html + ) + html_node_db_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz"` + rm -f "$outdir"/html_node_db/*.html + mkdir -p "$outdir/html_node_db" + mv ${split_html_db_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_node_db/" + rmdir ${split_html_db_dir} + + cmd="$DOCBOOK2TXT \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\"" + printf "\nGenerating docbook ASCII... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + docbook_ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.txt` + mv $PACKAGE-db.txt "$outdir/" + + cmd="$DOCBOOK2PDF \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\"" + printf "\nGenerating docbook PDF... ($cmd)\n" + eval "$cmd" + docbook_pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.pdf` + mv $PACKAGE-db.pdf "$outdir/" +fi + +# +printf "\nMaking index.html for $PACKAGE...\n" +if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then + CONDS="/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;\ + /%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d" +else + # should take account of --split here. + CONDS="/%%ENDIF.*%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d" +fi + +curdate=`$SETLANG date '+%B %d, %Y'` +sed \ + -e "s!%%TITLE%%!$MANUAL_TITLE!g" \ + -e "s!%%EMAIL%%!$EMAIL!g" \ + -e "s!%%PACKAGE%%!$PACKAGE!g" \ + -e "s!%%DATE%%!$curdate!g" \ + -e "s!%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%!$html_mono_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%!$html_mono_gz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_tgz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_section_tgz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_chapter_tgz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%!$info_tgz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%!$dvi_gz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%PDF_SIZE%%!$pdf_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%ASCII_SIZE%%!$ascii_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%!$ascii_gz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%!$texi_tgz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_db_tgz_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_ASCII_SIZE%%!$docbook_ascii_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_PDF_SIZE%%!$docbook_pdf_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_size!g" \ + -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_GZ_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_gz_size!g" \ + -e "s,%%SCRIPTURL%%,$scripturl,g" \ + -e "s!%%SCRIPTNAME%%!$prog!g" \ + -e "$CONDS" \ +$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template >"$outdir/index.html" + +echo "Done, see $outdir/ subdirectory for new files." + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-end: "$" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/git-version-gen b/build-aux/git-version-gen new file mode 100755 index 0000000..6c56147 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/git-version-gen @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Print a version string. +scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2007-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# This script is derived from GIT-VERSION-GEN from GIT: http://git.or.cz/. +# It may be run two ways: +# - from a git repository in which the "git describe" command below +# produces useful output (thus requiring at least one signed tag) +# - from a non-git-repo directory containing a .tarball-version file, which +# presumes this script is invoked like "./git-version-gen .tarball-version". + +# In order to use intra-version strings in your project, you will need two +# separate generated version string files: +# +# .tarball-version - present only in a distribution tarball, and not in +# a checked-out repository. Created with contents that were learned at +# the last time autoconf was run, and used by git-version-gen. Must not +# be present in either $(srcdir) or $(builddir) for git-version-gen to +# give accurate answers during normal development with a checked out tree, +# but must be present in a tarball when there is no version control system. +# Therefore, it cannot be used in any dependencies. GNUmakefile has +# hooks to force a reconfigure at distribution time to get the value +# correct, without penalizing normal development with extra reconfigures. +# +# .version - present in a checked-out repository and in a distribution +# tarball. Usable in dependencies, particularly for files that don't +# want to depend on config.h but do want to track version changes. +# Delete this file prior to any autoconf run where you want to rebuild +# files to pick up a version string change; and leave it stale to +# minimize rebuild time after unrelated changes to configure sources. +# +# As with any generated file in a VC'd directory, you should add +# /.version to .gitignore, so that you don't accidentally commit it. +# .tarball-version is never generated in a VC'd directory, so needn't +# be listed there. +# +# Use the following line in your configure.ac, so that $(VERSION) will +# automatically be up-to-date each time configure is run (and note that +# since configure.ac no longer includes a version string, Makefile rules +# should not depend on configure.ac for version updates). +# +# AC_INIT([GNU project], +# m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]), +# [bug-project@example]) +# +# Then use the following lines in your Makefile.am, so that .version +# will be present for dependencies, and so that .version and +# .tarball-version will exist in distribution tarballs. +# +# EXTRA_DIST = $(top_srcdir)/.version +# BUILT_SOURCES = $(top_srcdir)/.version +# $(top_srcdir)/.version: +# echo $(VERSION) > $@-t && mv $@-t $@ +# dist-hook: +# echo $(VERSION) > $(distdir)/.tarball-version + + +me=$0 + +version="git-version-gen $scriptversion + +Copyright 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software +under the terms of the GNU General Public License. +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING." + +usage="\ +Usage: $me [OPTION]... \$srcdir/.tarball-version [TAG-NORMALIZATION-SED-SCRIPT] +Print a version string. + +Options: + + --prefix PREFIX prefix of git tags (default 'v') + --fallback VERSION + fallback version to use if \"git --version\" fails + + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +Running without arguments will suffice in most cases." + +prefix=v +fallback= + +while test $# -gt 0; do + case $1 in + --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;; + --version) echo "$version"; exit 0;; + --prefix) shift; prefix="$1";; + --fallback) shift; fallback="$1";; + -*) + echo "$0: Unknown option '$1'." >&2 + echo "$0: Try '--help' for more information." >&2 + exit 1;; + *) + if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then + tarball_version_file="$1" + elif test "x$tag_sed_script" = x; then + tag_sed_script="$1" + else + echo "$0: extra non-option argument '$1'." >&2 + exit 1 + fi;; + esac + shift +done + +if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then + echo "$usage" + exit 1 +fi + +tag_sed_script="${tag_sed_script:-s/x/x/}" + +nl=' +' + +# Avoid meddling by environment variable of the same name. +v= +v_from_git= + +# First see if there is a tarball-only version file. +# then try "git describe", then default. +if test -f $tarball_version_file +then + v=`cat $tarball_version_file` || v= + case $v in + *$nl*) v= ;; # reject multi-line output + [0-9]*) ;; + *) v= ;; + esac + test "x$v" = x \ + && echo "$0: WARNING: $tarball_version_file is missing or damaged" 1>&2 +fi + +if test "x$v" != x +then + : # use $v +# Otherwise, if there is at least one git commit involving the working +# directory, and "git describe" output looks sensible, use that to +# derive a version string. +elif test "`git log -1 --pretty=format:x . 2>&1`" = x \ + && v=`git describe --abbrev=4 --match="$prefix*" HEAD 2>/dev/null \ + || git describe --abbrev=4 HEAD 2>/dev/null` \ + && v=`printf '%s\n' "$v" | sed "$tag_sed_script"` \ + && case $v in + $prefix[0-9]*) ;; + *) (exit 1) ;; + esac +then + # Is this a new git that lists number of commits since the last + # tag or the previous older version that did not? + # Newer: v6.10-77-g0f8faeb + # Older: v6.10-g0f8faeb + case $v in + *-*-*) : git describe is okay three part flavor ;; + *-*) + : git describe is older two part flavor + # Recreate the number of commits and rewrite such that the + # result is the same as if we were using the newer version + # of git describe. + vtag=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-.*//'` + commit_list=`git rev-list "$vtag"..HEAD 2>/dev/null` \ + || { commit_list=failed; + echo "$0: WARNING: git rev-list failed" 1>&2; } + numcommits=`echo "$commit_list" | wc -l` + v=`echo "$v" | sed "s/\(.*\)-\(.*\)/\1-$numcommits-\2/"`; + test "$commit_list" = failed && v=UNKNOWN + ;; + esac + + # Change the first '-' to a '.', so version-comparing tools work properly. + # Remove the "g" in git describe's output string, to save a byte. + v=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-/./;s/\(.*\)-g/\1-/'`; + v_from_git=1 +elif test "x$fallback" = x || git --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then + v=UNKNOWN +else + v=$fallback +fi + +v=`echo "$v" |sed "s/^$prefix//"` + +# Test whether to append the "-dirty" suffix only if the version +# string we're using came from git. I.e., skip the test if it's "UNKNOWN" +# or if it came from .tarball-version. +if test "x$v_from_git" != x; then + # Don't declare a version "dirty" merely because a time stamp has changed. + git update-index --refresh > /dev/null 2>&1 + + dirty=`exec 2>/dev/null;git diff-index --name-only HEAD` || dirty= + case "$dirty" in + '') ;; + *) # Append the suffix only if there isn't one already. + case $v in + *-dirty) ;; + *) v="$v-dirty" ;; + esac ;; + esac +fi + +# Omit the trailing newline, so that m4_esyscmd can use the result directly. +printf %s "$v" + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a2513d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog @@ -0,0 +1,492 @@ +eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"' + & eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q' + if 0; +# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. + +my $VERSION = '2016-01-12 23:09'; # UTC +# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order +# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it. +# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook +# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually. + +# Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Written by Jim Meyering + +use strict; +use warnings; +use Getopt::Long; +use POSIX qw(strftime); + +(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||; + +# use File::Coda; # http://meyering.net/code/Coda/ +END { + defined fileno STDOUT or return; + close STDOUT and return; + warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n"; + $? ||= 1; +} + +sub usage ($) +{ + my ($exit_code) = @_; + my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR); + if ($exit_code != 0) + { + print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n"; + } + else + { + print $STREAM <<EOF; +Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS] + +Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. If present, any ARGS +are passed to "git log". To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to +$ME, they may be preceded by '--'. + +OPTIONS: + + --amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that + makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata. + --append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if + there is no other punctuation or blank at the end. + --no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author + header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages + if their headers are the same and neither commit message + contains multiple paragraphs. + --srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/ + directory can be derived. + --since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE; + the default is to convert all log entries. + --until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE. + --ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT. + --ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT. + --format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body; + see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters; + the default is '%s%n%b%n' + --strip-tab remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines. + --strip-cherry-pick remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick"; + this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line, + and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph. + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +EXAMPLE: + + $ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog + $ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo + +SPECIAL SYNTAX: + +The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear +at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output. + + Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes + Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email" + ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright + assignment. + Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com> + List the specified name and email address on a second + ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author. + Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com> + These lines are simply elided. + +In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored. +FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on +a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one +or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or +more blank line. + +Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils: + +3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030 +# fix typo in title: +s/all tile types/all file types/ + +1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202 +# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself. +# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@": +s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>, + +EOF + } + exit $exit_code; +} + +# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it. +# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string. +sub shell_quote($) +{ + my ($s) = @_; + if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!) + { + # Convert each single quote to '\'' + $s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g; + # Then single quote the string. + $s = "'$s'"; + } + return $s; +} + +sub quoted_cmd(@) +{ + return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_); +} + +# Parse file F. +# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored. +# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 +# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and +# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code. +# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line. +sub parse_amend_file($) +{ + my ($f) = @_; + + open F, '<', $f + or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n"; + + my $fail; + my $h = {}; + my $in_code = 0; + my $sha; + while (defined (my $line = <F>)) + { + $line =~ /^\#/ + and next; + chomp $line; + $line eq '' + and $in_code = 0, next; + + if (!$in_code) + { + $line =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{40})$/ + or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"), + $fail = 1, next; + $sha = lc $1; + $in_code = 1; + exists $h->{$sha} + and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"), + $fail = 1, next; + } + else + { + $h->{$sha} ||= ''; + $h->{$sha} .= "$line\n"; + } + } + close F; + + $fail + and exit 1; + + return $h; +} + +# git_dir_option $SRCDIR +# +# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR +# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element). +sub git_dir_option($) +{ + my ($srcdir) = @_; + my @res = (); + if (defined $srcdir) + { + my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir; + my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel"; + my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd; + my $git_dir = qx($cmd); + defined $git_dir + or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n"; + $? == 0 + or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n"; + chomp $git_dir; + push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git"; + } + @res; +} + +{ + my $since_date; + my $until_date; + my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n'; + my $amend_file; + my $append_dot = 0; + my $cluster = 1; + my $ignore_matching; + my $ignore_line; + my $strip_tab = 0; + my $strip_cherry_pick = 0; + my $srcdir; + GetOptions + ( + help => sub { usage 0 }, + version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit }, + 'since=s' => \$since_date, + 'until=s' => \$until_date, + 'format=s' => \$format_string, + 'amend=s' => \$amend_file, + 'append-dot' => \$append_dot, + 'cluster!' => \$cluster, + 'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching, + 'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line, + 'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab, + 'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick, + 'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir, + ) or usage 1; + + defined $since_date + and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date"; + defined $until_date + and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date"; + + # This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) + # that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit. + my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {}; + + my @cmd = ('git', + git_dir_option $srcdir, + qw(log --log-size), + '--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV); + open PIPE, '-|', @cmd + or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n" + . "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n"); + + my $prev_multi_paragraph; + my $prev_date_line = ''; + my @prev_coauthors = (); + my @skipshas = (); + while (1) + { + defined (my $in = <PIPE>) + or last; + $in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/ + or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in"; + my $log_nbytes = $1; + + my $log; + my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes; + $n_read == $log_nbytes + or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n"; + + # Extract leading hash. + my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2; + defined $sha + or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n"; + $sha =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{40}$/ + or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n"; + + my $skipflag = 0; + if (@skipshas) + { + foreach(@skipshas) + { + if ($sha =~ /^$_/) + { + $skipflag = 1; + ## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once? + warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $_\n"; + last; + } + } + } + + # If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now. + my $code = $amend_code->{$sha}; + if (defined $code) + { + eval 'use Safe'; + my $s = new Safe; + # Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_". + $_ = $rest; + + # Let $code operate on it, safely. + my $r = $s->reval("$code") + or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n"; + + # Note that we've used this entry. + delete $amend_code->{$sha}; + + # Update $rest upon success. + $rest = $_; + } + + # Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick". + if ($strip_cherry_pick) + { + $rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm; + $rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m; + } + + my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest; + my $author_line = shift @line; + defined $author_line + or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n"; + $author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/ + or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line " + . "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n"; + + # Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog + # `(tiny change)' annotation. + my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line) + ? ' (tiny change)' : ''); + + my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n", + strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2; + + my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line; + # Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted. + @line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$ + |Co-authored-by:[ ] + |Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ] + |Tiny-change:[ ] + )/x, @line; + + # Remove leading and trailing blank lines. + if (@line) + { + while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; } + while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; } + } + + # Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits. + # Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me. + if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line ) + { + my $found = 0; + foreach (@line) + { + if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_) + { + $found = 1; + ## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches. + @skipshas = (); + next; + } + if ($found && $_ =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{7,}) [^ ]/) + { + push ( @skipshas, $1 ); + } + } + } + + # Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified. + if (! ($skipflag || (defined $ignore_matching + && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/))) + { + if (defined $ignore_line && @line) + { + @line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line; + while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; } + } + + # Record whether there are two or more paragraphs. + my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line; + + # Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in + # standard multi-author ChangeLog format. + for (@coauthors) + { + s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /; + s/\s*</ </; + + /<.*?@.*\..*>/ + or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for " + . substr ($_, 5) . "\n"; + } + + # If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header + # would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header, + # or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs, + # then print the header. + if ( ! $cluster + || $date_line ne $prev_date_line + || "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors" + || $multi_paragraph + || $prev_multi_paragraph) + { + $prev_date_line eq '' + or print "\n"; + print $date_line; + @coauthors + and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n"; + } + $prev_date_line = $date_line; + @prev_coauthors = @coauthors; + $prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph; + + # If there were any lines + if (@line == 0) + { + warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n"; + } + else + { + if ($append_dot) + { + # If the first line of the message has enough room, then + if (length $line[0] < 72) + { + # append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank + # at the end. + $line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/ + or $line[0] .= '.'; + } + } + + # Remove one additional leading TAB from each line. + $strip_tab + and map { s/^\t// } @line; + + # Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB. + @line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line; + + print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n"; + } + } + + defined ($in = <PIPE>) + or last; + $in ne "\n" + and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in"; + } + + close PIPE + or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n"; + # FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic + + # Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file. + my $fail = 0; + foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code) + { + warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n"; + $fail = 1; + } + + exit $fail; +} + +# Local Variables: +# mode: perl +# indent-tabs-mode: nil +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update b/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update new file mode 100755 index 0000000..ec21168 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Run this after each non-alpha release, to update the web documentation at +# http://www.gnu.org/software/$pkg/manual/ + +VERSION=2016-01-12.23; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +ME=$(basename "$0") +warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; } +die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; } + +help() +{ + cat <<EOF +Usage: $ME + +Run this script from top_srcdir (no arguments) after each non-alpha +release, to update the web documentation at +http://www.gnu.org/software/\$pkg/manual/ + +This script assumes you're using git for revision control, and +requires a .prev-version file as well as a Makefile, from which it +extracts the version number and package name, respectively. Also, it +assumes all documentation is in the doc/ sub-directory. + +Options: + -C, --builddir=DIR location of (configured) Makefile (default: .) + -n, --dry-run don't actually commit anything + -m, --mirror remove out of date files from document server + --help print this help, then exit + --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit +} + +version() +{ + year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//') + cat <<EOF +$ME $VERSION +Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc, +License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> +This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. +There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. +EOF + exit +} + +# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES... +# ------------------------- +# Search for a required program. Use the value of ENVVAR, if set, +# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run (i.e., +# supports --version). If found, set ENVVAR to the program name, +# die otherwise. +# +# FIXME: code duplication, see also bootstrap. +find_tool () +{ + find_tool_envvar=$1 + shift + find_tool_names=$@ + eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar" + if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then + for i + do + if ($i --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + find_tool_res=$i + break + fi + done + else + find_tool_error_prefix="\$$find_tool_envvar: " + fi + test x"$find_tool_res" != x \ + || die "one of these is required: $find_tool_names" + ($find_tool_res --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ + || die "${find_tool_error_prefix}cannot run $find_tool_res --version" + eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res" + eval "export $find_tool_envvar" +} + +## ------ ## +## Main. ## +## ------ ## + +# Requirements: everything required to bootstrap your package, plus +# these. +find_tool CVS cvs +find_tool GIT git +find_tool RSYNC rsync +find_tool XARGS gxargs xargs + +builddir=. +dryrun= +rm_stale='echo' +while test $# != 0 +do + # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv. + case $1 in + --*=*) + opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//') + val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//') + shift + set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift + ;; + esac + + case $1 in + --help|--version) ${1#--};; + -C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;; + -n|--dry-run) dryrun=echo; shift;; + -m|--mirror) rm_stale=''; shift;; + --*) die "unrecognized option: $1";; + *) break;; + esac +done + +test $# = 0 \ + || die "too many arguments" + +prev=.prev-version +version=$(cat $prev) || die "no $prev file?" +pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' $builddir/Makefile) \ + || die "no Makefile?" +tmp_branch=web-doc-$version-$$ +current_branch=$($GIT branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}') + +cleanup() +{ + __st=$? + $dryrun rm -rf "$tmp" + $GIT checkout "$current_branch" + $GIT submodule update --recursive + $GIT branch -d $tmp_branch + exit $__st +} +trap cleanup 0 +trap 'exit $?' 1 2 13 15 + +# We must build using sources for which --version reports the +# just-released version number, not some string like 7.6.18-20761. +# That version string propagates into all documentation. +set -e +$GIT checkout -b $tmp_branch v$version +$GIT submodule update --recursive +./bootstrap +srcdir=$(pwd) +cd "$builddir" +builddir=$(pwd) + ./config.status --recheck + ./config.status + make + make web-manual +cd "$srcdir" +set +e + +tmp=$(mktemp -d web-doc-update.XXXXXX) || exit 1 +( cd $tmp \ + && $CVS -d $USER@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/webcvs/$pkg co $pkg ) +$RSYNC -avP "$builddir"/doc/manual/ $tmp/$pkg/manual + +( + cd $tmp/$pkg/manual + + # Add all the files. This is simpler than trying to add only the + # new ones because of new directories: it would require iterating on + # adding the outer directories, and then their contents. + # + # find guarantees that we add outer directories first. + find . -name CVS -prune -o -print \ + | $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko + + # Report/Remove stale files + # excluding doc server specific files like CVS/* and .symlinks + if test -n "$rm_stale"; then + echo 'Consider the --mirror option if all of the manual is generated,' >&2 + echo 'which will run `cvs remove` to remove stale files.' >&2 + fi + { find . \( -name CVS -o -type f -name '.*' \) -prune -o -type f -print + (cd "$builddir"/doc/manual/ && find . -type f -print | sed p) + } | sort | uniq -u \ + | $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- ${rm_stale:-$dryrun} $CVS remove -f + + $dryrun $CVS ci -m $version +) + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "VERSION=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/gnupload b/build-aux/gnupload new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8d0299d --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/gnupload @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Sign files and upload them. + +scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2004-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>. +# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository. +# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org. + +set -e + +GPG='gpg --batch --no-tty' +conffile=.gnuploadrc +to= +dry_run=false +replace= +symlink_files= +delete_files= +delete_symlinks= +collect_var= +dbg= +nl=' +' + +usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...] + +Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to. +If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below. + +Commands: + --delete delete FILES from destination + --symlink create symbolic links + --rmsymlink remove symbolic links + -- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload + +Options: + --to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES + (multiple --to options are allowed) + --user NAME sign with key NAME + --replace allow replacements of existing files + --symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names + --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done + (including the constructed directive file) + --version output version information and exit + --help print this help text and exit + +If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name +is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.: + foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz + +Recognized destinations are: + alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY + savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY + savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY + ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY + build directive files and upload files by FTP + download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY + build directive files and upload files by SFTP + [user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp + +Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists +in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the +actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments +(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed. + +<http://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html> +gives some further background. + +Examples: +1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz + +2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz + +3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*: + gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --symlink-regex \\ + foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz + +4. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites: + gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\ + foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz + +5. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz + (the -- terminates the list of files to delete): + gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\ + --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\ + --delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\ + -- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz + +gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't +happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in +the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package +(http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement. + +Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>." + +# Read local configuration file +if test -r "$conffile"; then + echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile" + conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '` + eval set x "$conf \"\$@\"" + shift +fi + +while test -n "$1"; do + case $1 in + -*) + collect_var= + case $1 in + --help) + echo "$usage" + exit $? + ;; + --to) + if test -z "$2"; then + echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2 + exit 1 + elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then + echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2 + echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2 + echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2 + echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2 + exit 1 + else + to="$to $2" + shift + fi + ;; + --user) + if test -z "$2"; then + echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2 + exit 1 + else + GPG="$GPG --local-user $2" + shift + fi + ;; + --delete) + collect_var=delete_files + ;; + --replace) + replace="replace: true" + ;; + --rmsymlink) + collect_var=delete_symlinks + ;; + --symlink-regex=*) + symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ;; + --symlink-regex) + symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|' + ;; + --symlink) + collect_var=symlink_files + ;; + --dry-run|-n) + dry_run=: + ;; + --version) + echo "gnupload $scriptversion" + exit $? + ;; + --) + shift + break + ;; + -*) + echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2 + exit 1 + ;; + esac + ;; + *) + if test -z "$collect_var"; then + break + else + eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\"" + fi + ;; + esac + shift +done + +dprint() +{ + echo "Running $* ..." +} + +if $dry_run; then + dbg=dprint +fi + +if test -z "$to"; then + echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2 + exit 1 +fi + +if test -n "$symlink_files"; then + x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'` + if test -n "$x"; then + echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi + +if test $# = 0; then + if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then + echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2 + exit 1 + fi +else + # Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask + # for the passphrase if the script will fail. + for file + do + if test ! -f $file; then + echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2 + exit 1 + elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then + linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"` + if test -z "$linkname"; then + echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2 + exit 1 + elif test "$linkname" = $file; then + echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2 + exit 1 + fi + fi + done +fi + +# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment. +unset passphrase +unset passphrase_fd_0 +GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg} + +# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use +# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that +# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps' +# listings with their arguments...). +# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in +# it will exit now. +if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else + PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: " + stty -echo + read -r passphrase + stty echo + echo + passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0" +fi + +if test $# -ne 0; then + for file + do + echo "Signing $file ..." + rm -f $file.sig + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file + done +fi + + +# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT +# Arguments: See upload, below +mkdirective () +{ + stmt="$4" + if test -n "$3"; then + stmt=" +filename: $3$stmt" + fi + + cat >${2}.directive<<EOF +version: 1.2 +directory: $1 +comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt +EOF + if $dry_run; then + echo "File ${2}.directive:" + cat ${2}.directive + echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g' + fi +} + +mksymlink () +{ + while test $# -ne 0 + do + echo "symlink: $1 $2" + shift + shift + done +} + +# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES +# Arguments: +# DEST Destination site; +# DESTDIR Destination directory; +# BASE Base name for the directive file; +# FILE Name of the file to distribute (may be empty); +# STMT Additional statements for the directive file; +# FILES List of files to upload. +upload () +{ + dest=$1 + destdir=$2 + base=$3 + file=$4 + stmt=$5 + files=$6 + + rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc + case $dest in + alpha.gnu.org:*) + mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc + ;; + ftp.gnu.org:*) + mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc + ;; + savannah.gnu.org:*) + if test -z "$files"; then + echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2 + fi + $dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files + ;; + savannah.nongnu.org:*) + if test -z "$files"; then + echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2 + fi + $dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files + ;; + download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*) + destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'` + destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'` + mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + for f in $files $base.directive.asc + do + echo put $f + done | $dbg sftp -b - puszcza.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir + ;; + /*) + dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'` + mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt" + echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive + $dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host + ;; + *) + if test -z "$files"; then + echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2 + fi + $dbg scp $files $dest + ;; + esac + rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc +} + +##### +# Process any standalone directives +stmt= +if test -n "$symlink_files"; then + stmt="$stmt +`mksymlink $symlink_files`" +fi + +for file in $delete_files +do + stmt="$stmt +archive: $file" +done + +for file in $delete_symlinks +do + stmt="$stmt +rmsymlink: $file" +done + +if test -n "$stmt"; then + for dest in $to + do + destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'` + upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt" + done +fi + +# Process actual uploads +for dest in $to +do + for file + do + echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..." + stmt= + # + # allowing file replacement is all or nothing. + if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt +$replace" + fi + # + files="$file $file.sig" + destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'` + if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then + linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"` + stmt="$stmt +symlink: $file $linkname +symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig" + fi + upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files" + done +done + +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/install-sh b/build-aux/install-sh index a5897de..0360b79 100755 --- a/build-aux/install-sh +++ b/build-aux/install-sh @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile -scriptversion=2006-12-25.00 +scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the @@ -35,25 +35,21 @@ scriptversion=2006-12-25.00 # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent -# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. +tab=' ' nl=' ' -IFS=" "" $nl" +IFS=" $tab$nl" -# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script +# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script. -# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. doit=${DOITPROG-} -if test -z "$doit"; then - doit_exec=exec -else - doit_exec=$doit -fi +doit_exec=${doit:-exec} # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. @@ -68,17 +64,6 @@ mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} -posix_glob='?' -initialize_posix_glob=' - test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { - if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then - posix_glob= - else - posix_glob=: - fi - } -' - posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. @@ -97,7 +82,7 @@ dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false -no_target_directory= +is_target_a_directory=possibly usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE @@ -137,42 +122,57 @@ while test $# -ne 0; do -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift;; + shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 - case $mode in - *' '* | *' '* | *' -'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) - echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 - exit 1;; - esac - shift;; + case $mode in + *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) + echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 + exit 1;; + esac + shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift;; + shift;; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; - -t) dst_arg=$2 - shift;; + -t) + is_target_a_directory=always + dst_arg=$2 + # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac + shift;; - -T) no_target_directory=true;; + -T) is_target_a_directory=never;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; - --) shift - break;; + --) shift + break;; - -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 - exit 1;; + -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 + exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done +# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d +# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install. + +if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + if test -n "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2 + exit 1 + fi +fi + if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. @@ -186,6 +186,10 @@ if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg + # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. + case $dst_arg in + -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; + esac done fi @@ -194,13 +198,26 @@ if test $# -eq 0; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi - # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. + # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 + if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then + if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2 + exit 1 + fi + fi +fi + +if test -z "$dir_arg"; then + do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' + trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 + trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 + trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 + trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. @@ -211,16 +228,16 @@ if test -z "$dir_arg"; then *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= + u_plus_rw= else - u_plus_rw='% 200' + u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= + u_plus_rw= else - u_plus_rw=,u+rw + u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac @@ -228,9 +245,9 @@ fi for src do - # Protect names starting with `-'. + # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $src in - -*) src=./$src;; + -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then @@ -252,51 +269,20 @@ do echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi - dst=$dst_arg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst;; - esac # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work # if double slashes aren't ignored. if test -d "$dst"; then - if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then - echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 - exit 1 + if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then + echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 + exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` dstdir_status=0 else - # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. - dstdir=` - (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || - expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || - echo X"$dst" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q' - ` - + dstdir=`dirname "$dst"` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi @@ -307,74 +293,74 @@ do if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') - # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. - # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. - umask=`umask` - case $stripcmd.$umask in - # Optimize common cases. - *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; - .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 - `;; - *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; - esac - - # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. - # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - mkdir_mode=-m$mode - else - mkdir_mode= - fi - - posix_mkdir=false - case $umask in - *[123567][0-7][0-7]) - # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which - # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. - ;; - *) - tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ - trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 - - if (umask $mkdir_umask && - exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - if test -z "$dir_arg" || { - # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. - # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or - # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. - # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. - ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - case $ls_ld_tmpdir in - d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; - d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; - *) false;; - esac && - $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { - ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" - } - } - then posix_mkdir=: - fi - rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" - else - # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. - rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null - fi - trap '' 0;; - esac;; + # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. + # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. + umask=`umask` + case $stripcmd.$umask in + # Optimize common cases. + *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; + .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; + + *[0-7]) + mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ + - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ + - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 + `;; + *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; + esac + + # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. + # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. + if test -n "$dir_arg"; then + mkdir_mode=-m$mode + else + mkdir_mode= + fi + + posix_mkdir=false + case $umask in + *[123567][0-7][0-7]) + # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which + # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. + ;; + *) + tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ + trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 + + if (umask $mkdir_umask && + exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + if test -z "$dir_arg" || { + # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. + # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or + # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. + # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. + ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + case $ls_ld_tmpdir in + d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; + d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; + *) false;; + esac && + $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { + ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` + test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" + } + } + then posix_mkdir=: + fi + rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" + else + # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. + rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null + fi + trap '' 0;; + esac;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( - umask $mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" + umask $mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else @@ -384,53 +370,51 @@ do # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in - /*) prefix='/';; - -*) prefix='./';; - *) prefix='';; + /*) prefix='/';; + [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; + *) prefix='';; esac - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" - oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ - $posix_glob set -f + set -f set fnord $dstdir shift - $posix_glob set +f + set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do - test -z "$d" && continue - - prefix=$prefix$d - if test -d "$prefix"; then - prefixes= - else - if $posix_mkdir; then - (umask=$mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 - else - case $prefix in - *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; - *) qprefix=$prefix;; - esac - prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" - fi - fi - prefix=$prefix/ + test X"$d" = X && continue + + prefix=$prefix$d + if test -d "$prefix"; then + prefixes= + else + if $posix_mkdir; then + (umask=$mkdir_umask && + $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 + else + case $prefix in + *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; + *) qprefix=$prefix;; + esac + prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" + fi + fi + prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - (umask $mkdir_umask && - eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || - test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 - obsolete_mkdir_used=true + # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. + (umask $mkdir_umask && + eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || + test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 + obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi @@ -465,15 +449,12 @@ do # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && - old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && - new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && - $posix_glob set -f && + old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && + new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && + set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - $posix_glob set +f && - + set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then @@ -486,24 +467,24 @@ do # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { - # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. - # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some - # systems and the destination file might be busy for other - # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new - # file should still install successfully. - { - test ! -f "$dst" || - $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && - { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } - } || - { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 - (exit 1); exit 1 - } - } && - - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" + # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. + # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some + # systems and the destination file might be busy for other + # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new + # file should still install successfully. + { + test ! -f "$dst" || + $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || + { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && + { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } + } || + { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 + (exit 1); exit 1 + } + } && + + # Now rename the file to the real destination. + $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 @@ -515,5 +496,6 @@ done # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/build-aux/mdate-sh b/build-aux/mdate-sh index cd916c0..6022eff 100755 --- a/build-aux/mdate-sh +++ b/build-aux/mdate-sh @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ #!/bin/sh # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. -scriptversion=2005-06-29.22 +scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software -# Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1995-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995 # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -18,8 +17,7 @@ scriptversion=2005-06-29.22 # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, -# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -30,16 +28,26 @@ scriptversion=2005-06-29.22 # bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to # <automake-patches@gnu.org>. +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' + setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST +fi + case $1 in '') - echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE -Pretty-print the modification time of FILE. +Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format: +1 January 1970 Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>. EOF @@ -51,6 +59,13 @@ EOF ;; esac +error () +{ + echo "$0: $1" >&2 + exit 1 +} + + # Prevent date giving response in another language. LANG=C export LANG @@ -60,7 +75,7 @@ LC_TIME=C export LC_TIME # GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE -# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this +# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this # variable to its documented default. if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso @@ -75,27 +90,32 @@ if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then else ls_command='ls -l -d' fi +# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible. +if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then + ls_command="$ls_command -n" +fi -# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. +# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. # drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo # This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. # drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo # # To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words # until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a -# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' +# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/' # will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at # the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many # words should be skipped to get the date. # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. -set x`ls -l -d /` +set x`$ls_command /` # Find which argument is the month. month= command= until test $month do + test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" shift # Add another shift to the command. command="$command shift;" @@ -115,8 +135,10 @@ do esac done +test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output" + # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. -set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` +set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""` # Remove all preceding arguments eval $command @@ -197,5 +219,6 @@ echo $day $month $year # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/build-aux/missing b/build-aux/missing index 1c8ff70..f62bbae 100755 --- a/build-aux/missing +++ b/build-aux/missing @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh -# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. +# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs. -scriptversion=2006-05-10.23 +scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. +# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -18,9 +17,7 @@ scriptversion=2006-05-10.23 # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -28,66 +25,40 @@ scriptversion=2006-05-10.23 # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then - echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi -run=: -sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' -sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p' - -# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the -# srcdir already. -if test -f configure.ac; then - configure_ac=configure.ac -else - configure_ac=configure.in -fi +case $1 in -msg="missing on your system" + --is-lightweight) + # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing + # script is modern enough. + exit 0 + ;; -case $1 in ---run) - # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. - run= - shift - "$@" && exit 0 - # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens - # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on - # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we - # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or - # if --run hadn't been passed. - if test $? = 63; then - run=: - msg="probably too old" - fi - ;; + --run) + # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. + shift + ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... -Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an -error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. +Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due +to PROGRAM being missing or too old. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit - --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails Supported PROGRAM values: - aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' - autoconf touch file \`configure' - autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' - autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one - automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files - bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] - flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c - help2man touch the output file - lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c - makeinfo touch the output file - tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags - yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] + aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo + bison yacc flex lex help2man + +Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and +'g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." exit $? @@ -99,269 +70,146 @@ Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>." ;; -*) - echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" - echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" + echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" + echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac -# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we -# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect -# the program). -case $1 in - lex|yacc) - # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. - ;; - - tar) - if test -n "$run"; then - echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - *) - if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # We have it, but it failed. - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone - # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether - # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. - exit 1 - fi - ;; -esac - -# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), -# try to emulate it. -case $1 in - aclocal*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want - to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from - any GNU archive site." - touch aclocal.m4 - ;; - - autoconf) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the - \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU - archive site." - touch configure - ;; - - autoheader) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want - to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them - from any GNU archive site." - files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` - test -z "$files" && files="config.h" - touch_files= - for f in $files; do - case $f in - *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | - sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; - *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; - esac - done - touch $touch_files - ;; - - automake*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. - You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. - Grab them from any GNU archive site." - find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | - sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | - while read f; do touch "$f"; done - ;; - - autom4te) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the - proper tools for further handling them. - You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU - archive site." - - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` - if test -f "$file"; then - touch $file - else - test -z "$file" || exec >$file - echo "#! /bin/sh" - echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" - echo "# $ $@" - echo "exit 0" - chmod +x $file - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - bison|yacc) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package - in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get - \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." - rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h - if test $# -ne 1; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case $LASTARG in - *.y) - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` - if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then - cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c - fi - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` - if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then - cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h - fi - ;; - esac - fi - if test ! -f y.tab.h; then - echo >y.tab.h - fi - if test ! -f y.tab.c; then - echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c - fi - ;; - - lex|flex) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package - in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get - \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." - rm -f lex.yy.c - if test $# -ne 1; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case $LASTARG in - *.l) - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` - if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then - cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c - fi - ;; - esac - fi - if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then - echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c - fi - ;; - - help2man) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the - \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take - effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." - - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` - if test -f "$file"; then - touch $file - else - test -z "$file" || exec >$file - echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - makeinfo) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file - indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious - call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, - DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or - the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." - # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"` - if test -z "$file"; then - # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... - infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` - file=`sed -n ' - /^@setfilename/{ - s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/ - p - q - }' $infile` - # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info - fi - # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; - # let's fail without touching anything. - test -f $file || exit 1 - touch $file - ;; - - tar) - shift - - # We have already tried tar in the generic part. - # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error - # messages. - if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gnutar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gtar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - firstarg="$1" - if shift; then - case $firstarg in - *o*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - case $firstarg in - *h*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - fi - - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. - You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the - command line arguments." - exit 1 - ;; - - *) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the - proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, - it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing - this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case - some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." - exit 1 - ;; -esac +# Run the given program, remember its exit status. +"$@"; st=$? + +# If it succeeded, we are done. +test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 + +# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was +# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the +# program is present and works. +case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac + +# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user +# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a +# minimum version. +if test $st -eq 63; then + msg="probably too old" +elif test $st -eq 127; then + # Program was missing. + msg="missing on your system" +else + # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. + exit $st +fi -exit 0 +perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/ +flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/ +gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software + +program_details () +{ + case $1 in + aclocal|automake) + echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" + echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" + echo "<$perl_URL>" + ;; + autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) + echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" + echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" + echo "<$perl_URL>" + ;; + esac +} + +give_advice () +{ + # Normalize program name to check for. + normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' + s/^gnu-//; t + s/^gnu//; t + s/^g//; t'` + + printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." + + configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" + case $normalized_program in + autoconf*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," + echo "or m4 files included by it." + program_details 'autoconf' + ;; + autoheader*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" + echo "$configure_deps." + program_details 'autoheader' + ;; + automake*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" + echo "$configure_deps." + program_details 'automake' + ;; + aclocal*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" + echo "$configure_deps." + program_details 'aclocal' + ;; + autom4te*) + echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" + echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." + program_details 'autom4te' + ;; + bison*|yacc*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." + echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" + ;; + lex*|flex*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." + echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" + echo "<$flex_URL>" + ;; + help2man*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ + "of a man page." + echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" + ;; + makeinfo*) + echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" + echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." + echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" + echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" + echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" + echo "want to install GNU make:" + echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" + ;; + *) + echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" + echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" + echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" + echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" + echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." + ;; + esac +} + +give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ + -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 + +# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program +# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). +exit $st # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: diff --git a/build-aux/prefix-gnulib-mk b/build-aux/prefix-gnulib-mk new file mode 100755 index 0000000..62caca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/prefix-gnulib-mk @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"' + & eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q' + if 0; + +use strict; +use IO::File; +use Getopt::Long; +use File::Basename; # for dirname + +my $VERSION = '2012-01-21 17:13'; # UTC +(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||; + +my $prefix; +my $lib_name; + +sub usage ($) +{ + my ($exit_code) = @_; + my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR); + if ($exit_code != 0) + { + print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n"; + } + else + { + print $STREAM <<EOF; +Usage: $ME --lib-name=NAME FILE + or: $ME [--help|--version] +Rewrite a gnulib-tool-generated FILE like lib/gnulib.mk to work with +automake's subdir-objects. + +OPTIONS: + +This option must be specified: + + --lib-name=NAME library name, often "lib\$project" + +The following are optional: + + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +EOF + } + exit $exit_code; +} + +# contents ($FILE_NAME) +# --------------------- +sub contents ($) +{ + my ($file) = @_; + local $/; # Turn on slurp-mode. + my $f = new IO::File "< $file" or die "$file"; + my $contents = $f->getline or die "$file"; + $f->close; + return $contents; +} + +# prefix_word ($WORD) +# ------------------- +# Do not prefix special words such as variable dereferences. Also, +# "Makefile" is really "Makefile", since precisely there is no +# lib/Makefile. +sub prefix_word ($) +{ + local ($_) = @_; + $_ = $prefix . $_ + unless (/^-/ || m{^\$\(\w+\)} || $_ eq "Makefile" || $_ eq '\\' + || $_ eq '@ALLOCA@'); + return $_; +} + + +# prefix_words ($TEXT) +# -------------------- +sub prefix_words ($) +{ + local ($_) = @_; + s{(\S+)}{prefix_word($1)}gem; + return $_; +} + + +# prefix_assignment ($LHS-AND-ASSIGN-OP, $RHS) +# -------------------------------------------- +sub prefix_assignment ($$) +{ + my ($lhs_and_assign_op, $rhs) = @_; + my $res; + + # Some variables are initialized by gnulib.mk, and we don't want + # that. Change '=' to '+='. + if ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^(GPERF|V_GPERF.*) =$/) + { + # Do not change the RHS, which specifies the GPERF program. + } + elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ + /^(SUBDIRS|EXTRA_DIST|BUILT_SOURCES|SUFFIXES|MOSTLYCLEANFILES + |CLEANFILES|DISTCLEANFILES|MAINTAINERCLEANFILES|AM_CFLAGS + |AM_CPPFLAGS|AM_GNU_GETTEXT)\ =/x) + { + $lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/=/+=/; + } + # We don't want to inherit gnulib's AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS, comment them. + elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS =/) + { + $lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/^/# /; + } + elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^SUFFIXES /) + { + # Elide any SUFFIXES assignment or concatenation. + $lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/^/# /; + } + # The words are (probably) paths to files in lib/: prefix them. + else + { + $rhs = prefix_words($rhs) + } + + # Variables which name depend on the location: libbison_a_SOURCES => + # lib_libbison_a_SOURCES. + $lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/($lib_name)/lib_$1/g; + + return $lhs_and_assign_op . $rhs; +} + +# prefix $CONTENTS +# ---------------- +# $CONTENTS is a Makefile content. Post-process it so that each file-name +# is prefixed with $prefix (e.g., "lib/"). +# +# Relies heavily on the regularity of the file generated by gnulib-tool. +sub prefix ($) +{ + # Work on $_. + local ($_) = @_; + + # Prefix all the occurrence of files in rules. If there is nothing + # after in the :, it's probably a phony target, or a suffix rule. + # Don't touch it. + s{^([-\w+/]+\.[-\w.]+ *: *\S.*)$} + {prefix_words($1)}gem; + + # Prefix files in variables. + s{^([\w.]+\s*\+?=)(.*)$} + {prefix_assignment($1, $2)}gem; + + # These three guys escape all the other regular rules. + # Require the leading white space to avoid inserting the prefix + # on a line like this: + # charset_alias = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias + # With $(libdir), it would be erroneous. + s{(\s)(charset\.alias|ref-add\.sed|ref-del\.sed)}{$1$prefix$2}g; + # Unfortunately, as a result we sometimes have lib/lib. + s{($prefix){2}}{$1}g; + + # $(srcdir)/ is actually $(top_srcdir)/$prefix/. + # The trailing slash is required to avoid matching this rule: + # test '$(srcdir)' = . || rm -f $(top_builddir)/GNUmakefile + s{\$\(srcdir\)/}{\$(top_srcdir)/$prefix}g; + + # Sometimes, t-$@ is used instead of $@-t, which, of course, does + # not work when we have a $@ with a directory in it. + s{t-\$\@}{\$\@-t}g; + + # Some AC_SUBST patterns remain and would better be Make macros. + s{\@(MKDIR_P)\@}{\$($1)}g; + + # Adjust paths in mkdir. + s{(\$\(MKDIR_P\))\s*(\w+)}{$1 $prefix$2}g; + + return $_; +} + +# process ($IN) +# ------------- +sub process ($) +{ + my ($file) = @_; + my ($bak) = "$file.bak"; + rename ($file, $bak) or die "$ME: rename $file $bak failed: $!\n"; + my $contents = contents ($bak); + $contents = prefix ($contents); + my $out = new IO::File(">$file") + or die "$ME: $file: failed to open for writing: $!\n"; + print $out $contents; +} + +{ + GetOptions + ( + 'lib-name=s' => \$lib_name, + help => sub { usage 0 }, + version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit }, + ) or usage 1; + + my $fail = 0; + defined $lib_name + or (warn "$ME: no library name; use --lib-name=NAME\n"), $fail = 1; + + # There must be exactly one argument. + @ARGV == 0 + and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), $fail = 1; + 1 < @ARGV + and (warn "$ME: too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"), + $fail = 1; + $fail + and usage 1; + + my $file = $ARGV[0]; + $prefix = (dirname $file) . '/'; + warn "prefix=$prefix\n"; + + process $file; +} + +### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode. +## Local Variables: +## perl-indent-level: 2 +## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2 +## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0 +## perl-brace-offset: 0 +## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0 +## perl-label-offset: -2 +## cperl-indent-level: 2 +## cperl-brace-offset: 0 +## cperl-continued-brace-offset: 0 +## cperl-label-offset: -2 +## cperl-extra-newline-before-brace: t +## cperl-merge-trailing-else: nil +## cperl-continued-statement-offset: 2 +## eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '" +## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M" +## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC" +## End: diff --git a/build-aux/snippet/_Noreturn.h b/build-aux/snippet/_Noreturn.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c44ad89 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/snippet/_Noreturn.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#if !defined _Noreturn && __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112 +# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \ + || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C) +# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__)) +# elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER +# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn) +# else +# define _Noreturn +# endif +#endif diff --git a/build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h b/build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..584649f --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL. + Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools + that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers. + n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */ +#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL +# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3 +# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params)) +# else +# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) +# endif +#endif diff --git a/build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h b/build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..813f2e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* C++ compatible function declaration macros. + Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H +#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H + +/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are: + + * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some + platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which + it exists: + + #if @GNULIB_FOO@ + # if !@HAVE_FOO@ + _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...); + _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo); + #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK + ... + #endif + + * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms, + but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms: + + #if @GNULIB_FOO@ + # if @REPLACE_FOO@ + # if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) + # undef foo + # define foo rpl_foo + # endif + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...); + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...); + # else + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo); + #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK + ... + #endif + + * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms + but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and + is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms: + + #if @GNULIB_FOO@ + # if @REPLACE_FOO@ + # if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) + # undef foo + # define foo rpl_foo + # endif + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...); + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...); + # else + # if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@ + _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...); + # endif + _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo); + #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK + ... + #endif +*/ + +/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration; + performs the declaration with C linkage. */ +#if defined __cplusplus +# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C" +#else +# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern +#endif + +/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes); + declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype, + consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes. + Example: + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); + */ +#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes) +#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes + +/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes); + declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype, + consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes. + Example: + _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...) + _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))); + */ +#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters); + declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func + that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined. + Example: + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)); + */ +#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters) +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters); + is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters); + except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different + declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error + that would otherwise occur. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + rettype (*const func) parameters = \ + reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func); \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters); + declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func + that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE + is defined. + Example: + _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)); + */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE + /* If we were to write + rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func; + like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls + better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable), + but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only + for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func. */ +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func; \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters); + is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters); + except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration. + A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would + otherwise occur. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static rettype (*func) parameters = \ + reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2); + is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters); + except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions, + namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts + are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion" + errors that would otherwise occur. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE + /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast. + The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded + functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant. + When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a + reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */ +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \ + namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \ + { \ + static rettype (*func) parameters = \ + reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>( \ + (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func)); \ + } \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func); + causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when + GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded + variants. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace) +/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>, + we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */ +# if !__OPTIMIZE__ +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \ + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \ + "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \ + "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.") +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \ + extern __typeof__ (func) func +# else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +# endif +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes); + causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func + is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */ +#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \ + GNULIB_NAMESPACE) +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace) +/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>, + we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */ +# if !__OPTIMIZE__ +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \ + "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \ + "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.") +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + extern __typeof__ (func) func +# else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +# endif +#else +# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \ + _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy +#endif + +#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */ diff --git a/build-aux/snippet/unused-parameter.h b/build-aux/snippet/unused-parameter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..843db76 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/snippet/unused-parameter.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* A C macro for declaring that specific function parameters are not used. + Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER is a marker that can be appended to function parameter + declarations for parameters that are not used. This helps to reduce + warnings, such as from GCC -Wunused-parameter. The syntax is as follows: + type param _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER + or more generally + param_decl _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER + For example: + int param _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER + int *(*param)(void) _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER + Other possible, but obscure and discouraged syntaxes: + int _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER *(*param)(void) + _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER int *(*param)(void) + */ +#ifndef _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER +# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7) +# define _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER __attribute__ ((__unused__)) +# else +# define _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER +# endif +#endif diff --git a/build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h b/build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2948b47 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* A C macro for emitting warnings if a function is used. + Copyright (C) 2010-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "literal string") issues a declaration + for FUNCTION which will then trigger a compiler warning containing + the text of "literal string" anywhere that function is called, if + supported by the compiler. If the compiler does not support this + feature, the macro expands to an unused extern declaration. + + This macro is useful for marking a function as a potential + portability trap, with the intent that "literal string" include + instructions on the replacement function that should be used + instead. However, one of the reasons that a function is a + portability trap is if it has the wrong signature. Declaring + FUNCTION with a different signature in C is a compilation error, so + this macro must use the same type as any existing declaration so + that programs that avoid the problematic FUNCTION do not fail to + compile merely because they included a header that poisoned the + function. But this implies that _GL_WARN_ON_USE is only safe to + use if FUNCTION is known to already have a declaration. Use of + this macro implies that there must not be any other macro hiding + the declaration of FUNCTION; but undefining FUNCTION first is part + of the poisoning process anyway (although for symbols that are + provided only via a macro, the result is a compilation error rather + than a warning containing "literal string"). Also note that in + C++, it is only safe to use if FUNCTION has no overloads. + + For an example, it is possible to poison 'getline' by: + - adding a call to gl_WARN_ON_USE_PREPARE([[#include <stdio.h>]], + [getline]) in configure.ac, which potentially defines + HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE + - adding this code to a header that wraps the system <stdio.h>: + #undef getline + #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLINE + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getline, "getline is required by POSIX 2008, but" + "not universally present; use the gnulib module getline"); + #endif + + It is not possible to directly poison global variables. But it is + possible to write a wrapper accessor function, and poison that + (less common usage, like &environ, will cause a compilation error + rather than issue the nice warning, but the end result of informing + the developer about their portability problem is still achieved): + #if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON + static char ***rpl_environ (void) { return &environ; } + _GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is not always properly declared"); + # undef environ + # define environ (*rpl_environ ()) + #endif + */ +#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE + +# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) +/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \ +extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message))) +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +/* Verify the existence of the function. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \ +extern __typeof__ (function) function +# else /* Unsupported. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \ +_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use +# endif +#endif + +/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string") + is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is + declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters, + and attributes. + This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does + not work in this case. */ +#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX +# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \ +extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \ + __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg))) +# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING +/* Verify the existence of the function. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \ +extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes +# else /* Unsupported. */ +# define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \ +_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use +# endif +#endif + +/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration; + performs the declaration with C linkage. */ +#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C +# if defined __cplusplus +# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C" +# else +# define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern +# endif +#endif diff --git a/build-aux/test-driver b/build-aux/test-driver new file mode 100755 index 0000000..8e575b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/test-driver @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script. + +scriptversion=2013-07-13.22; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2011-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you +# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a +# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under +# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. + +# This file is maintained in Automake, please report +# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to +# <automake-patches@gnu.org>. + +# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This +# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs. +set -u + +usage_error () +{ + echo "$0: $*" >&2 + print_usage >&2 + exit 2 +} + +print_usage () +{ + cat <<END +Usage: + test-driver --test-name=NAME --log-file=PATH --trs-file=PATH + [--expect-failure={yes|no}] [--color-tests={yes|no}] + [--enable-hard-errors={yes|no}] [--] + TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS] +The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory. +END +} + +test_name= # Used for reporting. +log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script. +trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run. +expect_failure=no +color_tests=no +enable_hard_errors=yes +while test $# -gt 0; do + case $1 in + --help) print_usage; exit $?;; + --version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;; + --test-name) test_name=$2; shift;; + --log-file) log_file=$2; shift;; + --trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;; + --color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;; + --expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;; + --enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;; + --) shift; break;; + -*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";; + *) break;; + esac + shift +done + +missing_opts= +test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name" +test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file" +test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file" +if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then + usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts" +fi + +if test $# -eq 0; then + usage_error "missing argument" +fi + +if test $color_tests = yes; then + # Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'. + red='[0;31m' # Red. + grn='[0;32m' # Green. + lgn='[1;32m' # Light green. + blu='[1;34m' # Blue. + mgn='[0;35m' # Magenta. + std='[m' # No color. +else + red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std= +fi + +do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st' +trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1 +trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2 +trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13 +trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15 + +# Test script is run here. +"$@" >$log_file 2>&1 +estatus=$? + +if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then + tweaked_estatus=1 +else + tweaked_estatus=$estatus +fi + +case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in + 0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; + 0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;; + 77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;; + 99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; + *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;; + *:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;; +esac + +# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can +# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log' +# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs' +# file (automake bug#11814). +echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>$log_file + +# Report outcome to console. +echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name" + +# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata. +echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file +echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file +echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file +echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file + +# Local Variables: +# mode: shell-script +# sh-indentation: 2 +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/build-aux/texinfo.tex index 629b88b..936c32d 100644 --- a/build-aux/texinfo.tex +++ b/build-aux/texinfo.tex @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% +% % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % -\def\texinfoversion{2007-03-14.11} +\def\texinfoversion{2016-01-11.19} % -% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, +% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, -% 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 +% Free Software Foundation, Inc. % -% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at -% your option) any later version. +% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the +% License, or (at your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty @@ -20,19 +21,18 @@ % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write -% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, -% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) +% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 +% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: -% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). +% http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or +% http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or +% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % @@ -67,7 +67,6 @@ \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. @@ -95,10 +94,15 @@ \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexsp=\sp \let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptexsup=\sup \let\ptext=\t +\let\ptextop=\top +{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. @@ -116,10 +120,11 @@ % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi @@ -153,20 +158,11 @@ \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi -% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. -\chardef\spacecat = 10 -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} +% Give the space character the catcode for a space. +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} -% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences. -\chardef\colonChar = `\: -\chardef\commaChar = `\, \chardef\dashChar = `\- -\chardef\dotChar = `\. -\chardef\exclamChar= `\! -\chardef\lquoteChar= `\` -\chardef\questChar = `\? -\chardef\rquoteChar= `\' -\chardef\semiChar = `\; +\chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. @@ -188,46 +184,6 @@ wide-spread wrap-around } -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make @@ -244,7 +200,7 @@ \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 @@ -255,6 +211,13 @@ \errorcontextlines16 }% +% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things +% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, +% after all. +% +\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} +\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} + % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % @@ -265,7 +228,15 @@ \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} -% For @cropmarks command. +% Output routine +% + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } + % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. % \newif\ifcropmarks @@ -279,27 +250,119 @@ \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in +% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. +% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. +% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. +% +% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. +% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. +% +% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter +% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top +% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. + +% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one +% mark before the section break, and one after. +% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \lastchapterdefs, +% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \lastsectiondefs. +% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous +% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section +% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. +% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. +% +% See page 260 of The TeXbook. +\def\domark{% + \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}% + \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}% + \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% + \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% + \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}% + \mark{% + \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top + \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom + \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks + }% +} + +% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, +% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. +% +% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title +% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us +% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., +% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very +% first @chapter. +\def\gettopheadingmarks{% + \ifcase0\topmark\fi + \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi +} +\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} +\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi} + +% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. +\def\lastchapterdefs{} +\def\lastsectiondefs{} +\def\lastsection{} +\def\prevchapterdefs{} +\def\prevsectiondefs{} +\def\lastcolordefs{} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight + % Main output routine. +% \chardef\PAGE = 255 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. +% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer, +% cropmarks, and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page +% to be written to the auxiliary files. +% \def\onepageout#1{% \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % + % Common context changes for both heading and footing. % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% - \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \texinfochars} + % + % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, + % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the + % values in \headline and \footline. + % + % This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter. + \ifcase1\topmark\fi + \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername + \ifcase0\firstmark\fi + \let\curchaptername\thischaptername + % + \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi + \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi + % + \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername + \let\thischapterheading\thischapter + \else + % \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank + % for the first page of a chapter. This is to prevent the chapter name + % being shown twice. + \def\thischapterheading{}% + \fi + % + \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}% + \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}% % {% + % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. @@ -308,10 +371,10 @@ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: - % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} + % \entry{{\indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; - % it needs to be - % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} + % it needs to be + % {\code {{\backslashcurfont }acronym} \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi @@ -369,13 +432,14 @@ \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen +% Main part of page, including any footnotes \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } @@ -391,9 +455,13 @@ \def\nsbot{\vbox {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Argument parsing + % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% @@ -412,11 +480,13 @@ }% } -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Also remove a @texinfoc +% comment (see \scanmacro for details). Pass the result on to \argcheckspaces. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovetexinfoc #1\texinfoc\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovetexinfoc#1\texinfoc#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} -% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. +% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. % % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo @@ -441,7 +511,7 @@ % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, % just before passing the control to \argtorun. -% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is +% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger % that a pair of braces would be stripped. % @@ -449,14 +519,13 @@ % \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} + +% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line +% % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} -% -% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my -% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 - \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } @@ -498,12 +567,12 @@ % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. % % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The +% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this % special case.) -% At runtime, environments start with this: +% At run-time, environments start with this: \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} % initialize \let\thisenv\empty @@ -521,7 +590,7 @@ \fi } -% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: +% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: \def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, @@ -529,7 +598,7 @@ } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% + outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi @@ -541,7 +610,7 @@ \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup @@ -551,85 +620,6 @@ \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and @@ -646,7 +636,7 @@ \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} +\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak @@ -661,7 +651,7 @@ \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. -% +% \def\onword{on} \def\offword{off} % @@ -671,7 +661,7 @@ \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } @@ -725,6 +715,12 @@ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. + \addgroupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} + +\def\addgroupbox{ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). @@ -737,9 +733,8 @@ \fi \fi \box\groupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts } + % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. @@ -753,15 +748,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. @@ -825,7 +811,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} @@ -872,15 +858,51 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \temp } -% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command +% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work. +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} \def\includezzz#1{% \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{\input #1 }% + \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. + \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% + \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% + % + % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes + % definitions, etc. \expandafter }\temp \popthisfilestack @@ -895,6 +917,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other + \catcode`\`=\other + \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% @@ -910,7 +934,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} - +% \def\thisfile{} % @center line @@ -918,37 +942,55 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode - \let\next\centerH + \let\centersub\centerH \else - \let\next\centerV + \let\centersub\centerV \fi - \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% + \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% + \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case } -\def\centerH#1{% - {% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break - }% +\def\centerH#1{{% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break +}} +% +\newcount\centerpenalty +\def\centerV#1{% + % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if + % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe + % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still + % prevent a page break here. + \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty + \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi + \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi + \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% } -\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - +% \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment +% +\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other\commentxxx}% -\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\commentxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} +{\catcode`\^^M=\active% +\gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup% +\futurelet\nexttoken\commentxxxx}% +\gdef\commentxxxx{\ifx\nexttoken\aftermacro\expandafter\comment\fi}% +} -\let\c=\comment +\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\cxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} +% See comment in \scanmacro about why the definitions of @c and @comment differ % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. @@ -1019,158 +1061,23 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \indent - }% - \gdef\noindent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \noindent - }% - \global\everypar = {% - \kern -\parindent - \restorefirstparagraphindent - }% + \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% + \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% + \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% } - -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global \let \indent = \ptexindent - \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global \everypar = {}% -} - - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode`\_=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - } -} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\minus{$-$} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm -% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, -% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do -% whichever is larger. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods - \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em - \dimen0 = \wd0 - \else - \dimen0 = 1.5em - \fi - \hbox to \dimen0{% - \hskip 0pt plus.25fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus1fil - .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% + \global\let\indent = \ptexindent + \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global\everypar = {}% } -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi - \closein 1 - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} +% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored +\let\setfilename=\comment % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} @@ -1188,14 +1095,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA +\newbox\boxB \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. +\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else @@ -1210,50 +1117,24 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html -% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX -% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's what we do). - -% double active backslashes. -% -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% - @catcode`@\=@active - @let\=@doublebackslash} -} - -% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are -% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as -% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor -% changes for Texinfo. It is included here under the GPL by permission -% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek. -% -% #1 is the tokens to replace. -% #2 is the replacement. -% #3 is the control sequence with the string. % -\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% - \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% - ##1% - \ifx\\##2\\% - \else - #2% - \HyReturnAfterFi{% - \HyPsdReplace##2\END - }% - \fi - }% - \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% -} -\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. -\def\backslashparens#1{% - \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply - % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. - \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% - \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% +% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and +% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user +% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to +% do this reliably, so we use it. + +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, +% which we \xdef. +\def\txiescapepdf#1{% + \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined + % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? + % Many times it won't matter. + \else + % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, + % backslashes, and other special chars. + \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% + \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images @@ -1262,47 +1143,99 @@ be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI output) for that.)} \ifpdf - \input pdfcolor + % + % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, + % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a + % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead + % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as + % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use + % black by default, though. + \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} + \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} + % + % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); + % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). + \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} + % + % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, + % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. + \def\setcolor#1{% + \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% + \domark + \pdfsetcolor{#1}% + } + % + \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} + \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} + \def\lastcolordefs{} + % + \def\makefootline{% + \baselineskip24pt + \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% + } + % + \def\makeheadline{% + \vbox to 0pt{% + \vskip-22.5pt + \line{% + \vbox to8.5pt{}% + % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. + \getcolormarks + % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. + \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% + }% + \vss + }% + \nointerlineskip + } + % + % \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % - % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among - % others). Let's try in that order. + % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among + % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if + % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a + % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup - \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 - \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp - \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% + \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 + \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp + \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% + \fi + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi - \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% + \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % - % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi - \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi - \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi + \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi + \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else @@ -1317,18 +1250,19 @@ output) for that.)} % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive - \activebackslashdouble \makevalueexpandable \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfdestname - \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz% + \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname + \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% }} % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % - \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? - \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % by default, use black for everything. + \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} + \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak @@ -1349,29 +1283,24 @@ output) for that.)} % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% \else - % Doubled backslashes in the name. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest \fi % - % Also double the backslashes in the display string. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% + % Also escape PDF chars in the display string. + \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% @@ -1425,25 +1354,41 @@ output) for that.)} % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too + % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents + % we use for the index sort strings. + % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile + % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike + % Texinfo index files. So set that up. + \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% + \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash - \input \jobname.toc + \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } + {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 + \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other + \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% + \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% + ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi + \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \def\getfilename#1{% + \filenamelength=0 + % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get + % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". + \edef\temp{#1}% + \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax + } \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else @@ -1456,12 +1401,16 @@ output) for that.)} % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. - % + % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable - \leavevmode\Red + % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just + % special-casing \var here? + \def\var##1{##1}% + % + \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} @@ -1488,13 +1437,15 @@ output) for that.)} {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else + % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax - \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\setcolor = \gobble + \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput @@ -1520,6 +1471,10 @@ output) for that.)} \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} +% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since +% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh. +\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}} + % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam @@ -1530,9 +1485,6 @@ output) for that.)} \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} -% Default leading. -\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt - % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. @@ -1541,8 +1493,13 @@ output) for that.)} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % +% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. +\def\baselinefactor{1} +% +\newdimen\textleading \def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \dimen0 = #1\relax + \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% @@ -1551,22 +1508,295 @@ output) for that.)} }% } +% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. +% +% do nothing with this by default. +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble +\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble + +% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. +% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run +% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) +\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +8 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<23> <26> <0023> +<28> <3B> <0028> +<3F> <5B> <003F> +<5D> <5E> <005D> +<61> <7A> <0061> +<7B> <7C> <2013> +endbfrange +40 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <00660066> +<0C> <00660069> +<0D> <0066006C> +<0E> <006600660069> +<0F> <00660066006C> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<21> <0021> +<22> <201D> +<27> <2019> +<3C> <00A1> +<3D> <003D> +<3E> <00BF> +<5C> <201C> +<5F> <02D9> +<60> <2018> +<7D> <02DD> +<7E> <007E> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +% +% \cmapOT1IT + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1IT) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +8 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<25> <26> <0025> +<28> <3B> <0028> +<3F> <5B> <003F> +<5D> <5E> <005D> +<61> <7A> <0061> +<7B> <7C> <2013> +endbfrange +42 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <00660066> +<0C> <00660069> +<0D> <0066006C> +<0E> <006600660069> +<0F> <00660066006C> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<21> <0021> +<22> <201D> +<23> <0023> +<24> <00A3> +<27> <2019> +<3C> <00A1> +<3D> <003D> +<3E> <00BF> +<5C> <201C> +<5F> <02D9> +<60> <2018> +<7D> <02DD> +<7E> <007E> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +% +% \cmapOT1TT + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. + \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap +%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) +%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) +%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) +%%Version: 1.000 +%%EndComments +/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin +12 dict begin +begincmap +/CIDSystemInfo +<< /Registry (TeX) +/Ordering (OT1TT) +/Supplement 0 +>> def +/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def +/CMapType 2 def +1 begincodespacerange +<00> <7F> +endcodespacerange +5 beginbfrange +<00> <01> <0393> +<09> <0A> <03A8> +<21> <26> <0021> +<28> <5F> <0028> +<61> <7E> <0061> +endbfrange +32 beginbfchar +<02> <0398> +<03> <039B> +<04> <039E> +<05> <03A0> +<06> <03A3> +<07> <03D2> +<08> <03A6> +<0B> <2191> +<0C> <2193> +<0D> <0027> +<0E> <00A1> +<0F> <00BF> +<10> <0131> +<11> <0237> +<12> <0060> +<13> <00B4> +<14> <02C7> +<15> <02D8> +<16> <00AF> +<17> <02DA> +<18> <00B8> +<19> <00DF> +<1A> <00E6> +<1B> <0153> +<1C> <00F8> +<1D> <00C6> +<1E> <0152> +<1F> <00D8> +<20> <2423> +<27> <2019> +<60> <2018> +<7F> <00A8> +endbfchar +endcmap +CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop +end +end +%%EndResource +%%EOF + }\endgroup + \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% + \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% + }% +\fi\fi -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap +% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). +% Example: +% #1 = \textrm +% #2 = \rmshape +% #3 = 10 +% #4 = \mainmagstep +% #5 = OT1 +% +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% + \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 + \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% +} +% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. +\let\cmap\gobble +% +% (end of cmaps) % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} @@ -1581,271 +1811,286 @@ output) for that.)} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} -% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in -% Texinfo. -% +% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) +% \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep +\def\textecsize{1095} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf +\let\tenttsl=\defttsl \let\tensl=\defsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 +\def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} +\def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \def\chapnominalsize{17pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} \let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 +\def\chapecsize{1728} % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 +\def\sececsize{1440} % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 +\def\ssececsize{1200} % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi10 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 +\def\reducedecsize{1000} -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts +\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm -} % end of 11pt text font size definitions +} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. -% +% \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} \edef\mainmagstep{1000} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep +\def\textecsize{1000} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf +\let\tensl=\defsl \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 +\def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} +\def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). \def\chapnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\chapbf\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 +\def\chapecsize{1440} % Section fonts (12pt). \def\secnominalsize{12pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} -\font\seci=cmmi12 +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} +\font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 +\def\sececsize{1200} % Subsection fonts (10pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi10 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 +\def\ssececsize{1000} % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi9 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 +\def\reducedecsize{0900} -% reduce space between paragraphs -\divide\parskip by 2 - -% reset the current fonts -\textfonts +\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs +\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM +\textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm -} % end of 10pt text font size definitions +} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. -% -\def\xword{10} +% \def\xiword{11} +\def\xword{10} +\def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% - \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% + %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. - % + % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi @@ -1856,12 +2101,9 @@ output) for that.)} \endgroup } - % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except -% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and -% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. We don't +% bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy @@ -1875,8 +2117,8 @@ output) for that.)} % \tenSTYLE to set the current font. % % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in -% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used +% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % % This all needs generalizing, badly. % @@ -1895,8 +2137,8 @@ output) for that.)} \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl \def\curfontsize{title}% \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} + \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}} +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}} \def\chapfonts{% \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc @@ -1912,7 +2154,7 @@ output) for that.)} \let\tenttsl=\secttsl \def\curfontsize{sec}% \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} + \resetmathfonts \setleading{17pt}} \def\subsecfonts{% \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc @@ -1947,6 +2189,16 @@ output) for that.)} \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} + +% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts @@ -1960,53 +2212,215 @@ output) for that.)} % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% -% I wish the USA used A4 paper. % --karl, 24jan03. - % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi -% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +\message{markup,} + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will +% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes. +% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost +% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles +% currently in effect. +\newif\ifmarkupvar +\newif\ifmarkupsamp +\newif\ifmarkupkey +%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp. +%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp. +\newif\ifmarkupcode +\newif\ifmarkupkbd +%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code. +%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code. +\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now). +\newif\ifmarkupexample +\newif\ifmarkupverb +\newif\ifmarkupverbatim + +\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty + +\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{% + \csname markup#1true\endcsname + \def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}% + \markupstylesetup +} + +\let\markupstylesetup\empty + +\def\defmarkupstylesetup#1{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\markupstylesetup + \expandafter{\markupstylesetup #1}% + \def#1% +} + +% Markup style setup for left and right quotes. +\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuplq{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp + \csname markupsetuplq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuplqdefault \else \temp \fi +} + +\defmarkupstylesetup\markupsetuprq{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter \temp + \csname markupsetuprq\currentmarkupstyle\endcsname + \ifx\temp\relax \markupsetuprqdefault \else \temp \fi +} + +{ +\catcode`\'=\active +\catcode`\`=\active + +\gdef\markupsetuplqdefault{\let`\lq} +\gdef\markupsetuprqdefault{\let'\rq} + +\gdef\markupsetcodequoteleft{\let`\codequoteleft} +\gdef\markupsetcodequoteright{\let'\codequoteright} +} + +\let\markupsetuplqcode \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqcode \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqexample \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqexample \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqkbd \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqkbd \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqsamp \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqsamp \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqverb \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqverb \markupsetcodequoteright +% +\let\markupsetuplqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteleft +\let\markupsetuprqverbatim \markupsetcodequoteright + +% Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe +% (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). +% The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it +% works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the +% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. +% +\def\codequoteright{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax + '% + \else \char'15 \fi + \else \char'15 \fi +} +% +% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. +% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like +% the code environments to do likewise. +% +\def\codequoteleft{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax + % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 + % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. + \relax`% + \else \char'22 \fi + \else \char'22 \fi +} + +% Commands to set the quote options. +% +\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} +% +\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = t% + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. +\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. -% @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want +% Font commands. + +% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. +% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, +% and 2) do not add an italic correction. +\def\dosmartslant#1#2{% + \ifusingtt + {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% + {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% + \next +} +\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} +\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} + +% Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following +% character) is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitaliccorrection{% + \ifx\next,% + \else\ifx\next-% + \else\ifx\next.% + \else\ifx\next\.% + \else\ifx\next\comma% + \else\ptexslash + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \aftersmartic +} + +% Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} + +% @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} + +\def\aftersmartic{} +\def\var#1{% + \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic + \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% + \smartslanted{#1}% +} \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\var=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic -% @b, explicit bold. +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b @@ -2026,8 +2440,8 @@ output) for that.)} % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m - \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m + \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m + \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% @@ -2038,30 +2452,21 @@ output) for that.)} \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default +% @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } -\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\keysy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} -\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -% @file, @option are the same as @samp. -\let\file=\samp -\let\option=\samp - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. + +% @samp. +\def\samp#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{samp}\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} + +% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. +\let\indicateurl=\samp + +% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same +% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. +% This is a subroutine for that. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. @@ -2080,40 +2485,63 @@ output) for that.)} \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% - \null + \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. +% (But see \codedashfinish below.) % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - +% % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active + \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup - \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active - \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft - % + \setupmarkupstyle{code}% + % The following should really be moved into \setupmarkupstyle handlers. \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else - \let-\realdash + \let-\normaldash \let_\realunder \fi + % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break + % after the hyphen. + \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash + % \codex } + % + \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} + \gdef\codedashfinish{% + \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. + % + % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless + % (a) the next character is a -, or + % (b) the preceding character is a -. + % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. + % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. + \ifx\next\codedash \else + \ifx\codedashprev\codedash + \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi + \fi + % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a + % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. + \global\let\codedashprev= \next + } } +\def\normaldash{-} +% +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} -\def\realdash{-} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) @@ -2125,13 +2553,12 @@ output) for that.)} \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., -% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in -% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in -% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. -% +% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. +% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - +% and _ on and off. +% \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} @@ -2145,75 +2572,135 @@ output) for that.)} \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct.' -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} - -% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\indicateurl=\code -\let\env=\code +% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, +% so use \code rather than \samp. \let\command=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup +\let\env=\code +\let\file=\code +\let\option=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional +% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and +% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in +% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. + +% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second +% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). +\newif\ifurefurlonlylink + +% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected +% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which +% didn't support automatic breaking.) +\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} +\let\uref=\urefbreak +% +\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} +\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \ifurefurlonlylink + % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg + \unhbox0 + \else + % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, + % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% + \fi \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url \fi \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} +% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). +\def\urefcatcodes{% + \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active + \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active + \catcode`\/=\active +} +{ + \urefcatcodes + % + \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup + \setupmarkupstyle{code}% + \urefcatcodes + \let&\urefcodeamp + \let.\urefcodedot + \let#\urefcodehash + \let?\urefcodequest + \let/\urefcodeslash + \codex + } + % + % By default, they are just regular characters. + \global\def&{\normalamp} + \global\def.{\normaldot} + \global\def#{\normalhash} + \global\def?{\normalquest} + \global\def/{\normalslash} +} + +% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help +% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in +% cmtt at least, especially for dots. +\def\urefprestretchamount{.13em} +\def\urefpoststretchamount{.1em} +\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax} +\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax} +% +\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch} +\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} +{ + \catcode`\/=\active + \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% + \urefprestretch \slashChar + % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of + % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. + \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi + } +} + +% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special +% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so +% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control. +% +\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\wordnone + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore + \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter + \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak} + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\wordafter{after} +\def\wordbefore{before} +\def\wordnone{none} + +\urefbreakstyle after + % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. % \let\url=\uref @@ -2235,34 +2722,76 @@ output) for that.)} \let\email=\uref \fi -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is `distinct'. +\kbdinputstyle distinct + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. +\def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% + \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% + \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% + \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi + \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setupmarkupstyle{kbd}\look}}\fi +} + +% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. +%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} +%\font\keysy=cmsy9 +%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% +% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% +% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt +% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% +% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% +% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} + +% definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already +% monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But +% if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. +% +\def\key#1{{\setupmarkupstyle{key}% + \nohyphenation + \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi + #1}\null} + +% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} +\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} + +% @clickstyle @arrow (by default) +\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} +\def\click{\arrow} % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. -% +% \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% @@ -2270,11 +2799,12 @@ output) for that.)} \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% +% \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% @@ -2282,8 +2812,301 @@ output) for that.)} \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi + \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 +} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no +% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode + \let\"=\ddot + \let\'=\acute + \let\==\bar + \let\^=\hat + \let\`=\grave + \let\u=\breve + \let\v=\check + \let\~=\tilde + \let\dotaccent=\dot + % have to provide another name for sup operator + \let\mathopsup=\sup + $\expandafter\finishmath\fi +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \catcode`' = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + \let' = \ptexquoteright + } +} + +% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. +% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch +% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the +% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not +% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. +% +\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} +\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize #1}}$}% +% +\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} +\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize #1}}$}% + +% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. +% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, +% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. +% +\def\outfmtnametex{tex} +% +\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi +} +% +% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if +% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. +\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} +\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% + \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi +} +% +% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid +% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for +% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being +% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal +% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as +% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the +% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. +% +\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} +\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} +\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinerawname{#1}% + \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi + \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. +} + +% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. +% +\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinevarname{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax + \else\ignorespaces#2\fi +} + +% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. +% +\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} +\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% + \def\inlinevarname{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi +} + + +\message{glyphs,} +% and logos. + +% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. +\def\@{\char64 } +\let\atchar=\@ + +% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. +% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do +% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math. +\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}} +\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{ +\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\} +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \ptexc +\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \ptext +\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% + \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt + % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. + % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. + \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% + \else + % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. + \selectfonts\lllsize A% + \fi + }% + \vss + }}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + +% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode +% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, +% but safer, and can't hurt. +\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} +\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} +% +\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} +\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} +\def\leq{\ensuremath\le} +\def\minus{\ensuremath-} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm +% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, +% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do +% whichever is larger. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods + \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em + \dimen0 = \wd0 + \else + \dimen0 = 1.5em + \fi + \hbox to \dimen0{% + \hskip 0pt plus.25fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus1fil + .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor } +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{% + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % \def\pounds{{\it\$}} @@ -2293,49 +3116,125 @@ output) for that.)} % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% +% % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. -% +% % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted -% +% % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. -% +% % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. -% -% +% +% \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. - % + % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. - % + % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % + % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else + \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } +% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because +% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect +% the redefinition. +% +% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. +\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth +\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth +\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn +\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn +% +\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} +\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} +\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} +\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} +\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} +\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} +\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} +\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} +% +% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but +% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the +% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer +% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. +% +% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using +% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in +% the same EC font. +\def\ogonek#1{{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek + \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek + \else + \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% + \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi + }% +} +\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} +\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} +\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} +\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} +% +% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) +% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text +% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec +% package and follow the same conventions. +% +\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} +\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} +% +\def\etcfont#1{% + % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this + % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German + % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so + % hopefully nobody will notice/care. + \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% + \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + \ifmonospace + % typewriter: + \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \else + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \else + % regular: + \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize + \fi + \fi + \thisecfont +} + % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. @@ -2353,11 +3252,17 @@ output) for that.)} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\undefined +% +\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi +% Quotes. +\chardef\quotedblleft="5C +\chardef\quotedblright=`\" +\chardef\quoteleft=`\` +\chardef\quoteright=`\' + \message{page headings,} @@ -2376,8 +3281,9 @@ output) for that.)} \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% + \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. @@ -2437,17 +3343,28 @@ output) for that.)} \finishedtitlepagetrue } -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: +% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, +% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used +% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. Because +% it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold. \par +% should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. +% +\def\raggedtitlesettings{% + \rmisbold + \hyphenpenalty=10000 + \parindent=0pt + \tolerance=5000 + \ptexraggedright +} + +% Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} -\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines - \let\tt=\authortt} - \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage - \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} + \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt @@ -2468,12 +3385,12 @@ output) for that.)} \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% + {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}% \fi } -%%% Set up page headings and footings. +% Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio @@ -2482,7 +3399,7 @@ output) for that.)} \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages -% Now make TeX use those variables +% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline @@ -2527,6 +3444,37 @@ output) for that.)} \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} +% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page +% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page +% +% The same set of arguments for: +% +% @oddheadingmarks +% @evenfootingmarks +% @oddfootingmarks +% @everyheadingmarks +% @everyfootingmarks + +% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, +% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of +% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. +% +\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} +\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} +\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} +\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} +\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} + \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } +\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} + \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } +% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. +\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname + \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp +} + +\everyheadingmarks bottom +\everyfootingmarks bottom % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. @@ -2540,10 +3488,14 @@ output) for that.)} \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff +\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination + \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}% + \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}% +} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting +\HEADINGSoff % it's the default + % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document @@ -2554,7 +3506,7 @@ output) for that.)} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager @@ -2565,8 +3517,8 @@ output) for that.)} \global\pageno=1 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} @@ -2577,7 +3529,7 @@ output) for that.)} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } @@ -2585,8 +3537,8 @@ output) for that.)} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } @@ -2594,7 +3546,7 @@ output) for that.)} % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined +\ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month @@ -2655,7 +3607,7 @@ output) for that.)} \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % @@ -2669,7 +3621,7 @@ output) for that.)} % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % + % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse @@ -2763,9 +3715,18 @@ output) for that.)} \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + % + % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says + % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error + % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the + % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if + % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% + % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + % \let\item=\itemizeitem } @@ -2786,7 +3747,13 @@ output) for that.)} \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. + % + \ifinner\else + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. + \fi + % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an + % @itemize looks awful there. + }% \flushcr } @@ -3004,15 +3971,26 @@ output) for that.)} } % multitable-only commands. +% +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments +% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an +% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to +% undo it ourselves. +\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable +\def\headitem{% + \checkenv\multitable + \crcr + \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings + \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs + \the\everytab % for the first item +}% % -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. -% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group -% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. -\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% +% default for tables with no headings. +\let\headitemcrhook=\relax % % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until -% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. +% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve. % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% @@ -3040,15 +4018,15 @@ output) for that.)} % \everycr = {% \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% + \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % Check for saved footnotes, etc. + % + % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: \checkinserts - % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - %\filbreak - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the - % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the - % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + % + % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: + \headitemcrhook + \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax }% }% % @@ -3124,18 +4102,18 @@ output) for that.)} \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 \fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +% table. If not, do nothing. +% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller + % than skip between lines in the table. \fi% \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt % to keep parskip somewhat smaller + % than skip between lines in the table. \fi} @@ -3287,7 +4265,7 @@ output) for that.)} \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { - \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue @@ -3296,7 +4274,7 @@ output) for that.)} % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore + \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore } } @@ -3307,7 +4285,12 @@ output) for that.)} % variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain % it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work % to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% +% +% Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value* +% of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr +% dot accent at position 126 instead). No fix comes to mind, and it's +% been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it. +% \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% @@ -3319,8 +4302,9 @@ output) for that.)} % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. -% -% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. +% +% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call +% \makecond and then redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} @@ -3336,7 +4320,7 @@ output) for that.)} } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the @@ -3347,6 +4331,35 @@ output) for that.)} \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} +% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written +% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the +% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered +% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. +% +\makecond{ifcommanddefined} +\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} +% +\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} + +% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. +\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} +\def\ifcommandnotdefined{% + \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} +\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} + +% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to +% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. +\set txicommandconditionals + % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment @@ -3362,19 +4375,16 @@ output) for that.)} % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. +% It automatically defines \IXindex such that +% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. +% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file - \fi + \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } @@ -3388,14 +4398,19 @@ output) for that.)} \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 - \fi + \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } +% The default indices: +\newindex{cp}% concepts, +\newcodeindex{fn}% functions, +\newcodeindex{vr}% variables, +\newcodeindex{tp}% types, +\newcodeindex{ky}% keys +\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. + % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. @@ -3411,11 +4426,11 @@ output) for that.)} \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up % closing the target index. - \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 \fi % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname @@ -3424,63 +4439,33 @@ output) for that.)} \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. +% and it the two-letter name of the index. -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} +\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} +\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} -% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. -% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, -% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. +% Used when writing an index entry out to an index file, to prevent +% expansion of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. % \def\indexdummies{% \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% % - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace - % - % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is - % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts - % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is, - % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput - % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput - % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that - % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it - % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that - % is still getting written without apparent harm. - % - % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to - % help-texinfo, 22may06): - % @macro funindex {WORD} - % @findex xyz - % @end macro - % ... - % @funindex commtest - % - % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor. - % - % Sample whatsit resulting: - % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}} - % - % So: - \let\endinput = \empty + % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy) + % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more + % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we + % should use @lbracechar and @rbracechar? + \def\{{{\tt\char123}}% + \def\}{{\tt\char125}}% % % Do the redefinitions. \commondummies @@ -3505,9 +4490,8 @@ output) for that.)} % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. % \def\commondummies{% - % % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively - % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, + % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. @@ -3526,23 +4510,28 @@ output) for that.)} \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% + \definedummyletter\-% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA \definedummyword\AE + \definedummyword\DH \definedummyword\L - \definedummyword\OE \definedummyword\O + \definedummyword\OE + \definedummyword\TH \definedummyword\aa \definedummyword\ae + \definedummyword\dh + \definedummyword\exclamdown \definedummyword\l - \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\o - \definedummyword\ss - \definedummyword\exclamdown - \definedummyword\questiondown + \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\ordf \definedummyword\ordm + \definedummyword\questiondown + \definedummyword\ss + \definedummyword\th % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword\bf @@ -3558,21 +4547,41 @@ output) for that.)} \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword\arrow \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots + \definedummyword\entrybreak \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\geq + \definedummyword\guillemetleft + \definedummyword\guillemetright + \definedummyword\guilsinglleft + \definedummyword\guilsinglright + \definedummyword\lbracechar + \definedummyword\leq + \definedummyword\mathopsup \definedummyword\minus + \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds \definedummyword\point \definedummyword\print + \definedummyword\quotedblbase + \definedummyword\quotedblleft + \definedummyword\quotedblright + \definedummyword\quoteleft + \definedummyword\quoteright + \definedummyword\quotesinglbase + \definedummyword\rbracechar \definedummyword\result + \definedummyword\sub + \definedummyword\sup \definedummyword\textdegree % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. @@ -3586,6 +4595,8 @@ output) for that.)} } % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. +% Define \definedumyletter, \definedummyaccent and \definedummyword before +% using. % \def\commondummiesnofonts{% % Control letters and accents. @@ -3606,6 +4617,7 @@ output) for that.)} \definedummyword\v \definedummyword\H \definedummyword\dotaccent + \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\ringaccent \definedummyword\tieaccent \definedummyword\ubaraccent @@ -3616,18 +4628,27 @@ output) for that.)} \definedummyword\b \definedummyword\i \definedummyword\r + \definedummyword\sansserif \definedummyword\sc + \definedummyword\slanted \definedummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. + \definedummyword\abbr \definedummyword\acronym + \definedummyword\anchor \definedummyword\cite \definedummyword\code \definedummyword\command \definedummyword\dfn + \definedummyword\dmn + \definedummyword\email \definedummyword\emph \definedummyword\env \definedummyword\file + \definedummyword\image + \definedummyword\indicateurl + \definedummyword\inforef \definedummyword\kbd \definedummyword\key \definedummyword\math @@ -3637,6 +4658,7 @@ output) for that.)} \definedummyword\samp \definedummyword\strong \definedummyword\tie + \definedummyword\U \definedummyword\uref \definedummyword\url \definedummyword\var @@ -3645,6 +4667,52 @@ output) for that.)} \definedummyword\xref } +% For testing: output @{ and @} in index sort strings as \{ and \}. +\newif\ifusebracesinindexes + +\let\indexlbrace\relax +\let\indexrbrace\relax + +{\catcode`\@=0 +\catcode`\\=13 + @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} +} + +{ +\catcode`\<=13 +\catcode`\-=13 +\catcode`\`=13 + \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else + % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. + % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) + \let`=\empty + \fi + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else + \backslashdisappear + \fi + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else + \def-{}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else + \def<{}% + \fi + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else + \def\@{}% + \fi + } + + \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% + \useindexbackslash + \let-\normaldash + \let<\normalless + \def\@{@}% + } +} + + % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string @@ -3655,9 +4723,8 @@ output) for that.)} \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. + % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent - % \commondummiesnofonts % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command @@ -3667,69 +4734,96 @@ output) for that.)} % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting + % + \def\lbracechar{{\indexlbrace}}% + \def\rbracechar{{\indexrbrace}}% + \let\{=\lbracechar + \let\}=\rbracechar + % % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% + \def\DH{DZZ}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% + \def\TH{TH}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% + \def\dh{dzz}% + \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\questiondown{?}% \def\ordf{a}% \def\ordm{o}% + \def\o{o}% + \def\questiondown{?}% + \def\ss{ss}% + \def\th{th}% % \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% \def\TeX{TeX}% % % Assorted special characters. % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) + \def\arrow{->}% \def\bullet{bullet}% \def\comma{,}% \def\copyright{copyright}% - \def\registeredsymbol{R}% \def\dots{...}% \def\enddots{...}% \def\equiv{==}% \def\error{error}% \def\euro{euro}% \def\expansion{==>}% + \def\geq{>=}% + \def\guillemetleft{<<}% + \def\guillemetright{>>}% + \def\guilsinglleft{<}% + \def\guilsinglright{>}% + \def\leq{<=}% \def\minus{-}% - \def\pounds{pounds}% \def\point{.}% + \def\pounds{pounds}% \def\print{-|}% + \def\quotedblbase{"}% + \def\quotedblleft{"}% + \def\quotedblright{"}% + \def\quoteleft{`}% + \def\quoteright{'}% + \def\quotesinglbase{,}% + \def\registeredsymbol{R}% \def\result{=>}% - \def\textdegree{degrees}% + \def\textdegree{o}% % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry % that starts with \. - % + % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. - % + % \macrolist } -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. + \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} -% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. +% TODO: Two-level index? Operation index? + +% Workhorse for all indexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception % is with most defuns, which call us directly). @@ -3737,6 +4831,7 @@ output) for that.)} \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \iflinks {% + \requireopenindexfile{#1}% % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). \toks0 = {#2}% % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. @@ -3747,16 +4842,54 @@ output) for that.)} % \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % - \ifvmode - \dosubindsanitize - \else - \dosubindwrite - \fi + \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite }% \fi } -% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: +% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. +\def\requireopenindexfile#1{% +\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \edef\suffix{#1}% + % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output + % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. + \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi + % Open the file + \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix + % Using \immediate here prevents an object entering into the current box, + % which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for preceding + % skips. +\fi} +\def\indexisfl{fl} + +% Output \ as {\indexbackslash}, because \ is an escape character in +% the index files. +\let\indexbackslash=\relax +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active + @gdef@useindexbackslash{@def\{{@indexbackslash}}} +} + +% Definition for writing index entry text. +\def\sortas#1{\ignorespaces}% + +% Definition for writing index entry sort key. Should occur at the at +% the beginning of the index entry, like +% @cindex @sortas{september} \september +% The \ignorespaces takes care of following space, but there's no way +% to remove space before it. +{ +\catcode`\-=13 +\gdef\indexwritesortas{% + \begingroup + \indexnonalnumreappear + \indexwritesortasxxx} +\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% + \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} +} + + +% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file. % \def\dosubindwrite{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. @@ -3766,14 +4899,20 @@ output) for that.)} % % Remember, we are within a group. \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to - % get the string to sort by. + \useindexbackslash % \indexbackslash isn't defined now so it will be output + % as is; and it will print as backslash. + % Get the string to sort by, by processing the index entry with all + % font commands turned off. {\indexnofonts - \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion - \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% + \indexnonalnumdisappear + \xdef\indexsortkey{}% + \let\sortas=\indexwritesortas + \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% + \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\temp}% Make sure to execute any \sortas + \ifx\indexsortkey\empty + \xdef\indexsortkey{\temp}% + \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi + \fi }% % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and @@ -3783,18 +4922,19 @@ output) for that.)} % sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + \string\entry{\indexsortkey}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% \temp } +\newbox\dummybox % used above -% Take care of unwanted page breaks: +% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences -% like this: +% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that +% sequences like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... @@ -3818,25 +4958,30 @@ output) for that.)} % \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} % +\newskip\whatsitskip +\newcount\whatsitpenalty +% % ..., ready, GO: % -\def\dosubindsanitize{% +\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode + #1% + \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \skip0 = \lastskip + \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \count255 = \lastpenalty + \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty % % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a + % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro \else - \vskip-\skip0 + \vskip-\whatsitskip \fi % - \dosubindwrite + #1% % \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and @@ -3844,20 +4989,19 @@ output) for that.)} % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi + \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi \else % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\skip0 + \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi -} +\fi} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} @@ -3899,6 +5043,7 @@ output) for that.)} % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 + \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. @@ -3907,7 +5052,9 @@ output) for that.)} % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). \catcode`\@ = 11 - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. + \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi + \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the @@ -3915,43 +5062,96 @@ output) for that.)} % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \else + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \escapechar = `\\ % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp + \read 1 to \thisline \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \escapechar = `\\ + \def\indexbackslash{\ttbackslash}% + \let\indexlbrace\{ % Likewise, set these sequences for braces + \let\indexrbrace\} % used in the sort key. \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.#1s + \let\entryorphanpenalty=\indexorphanpenalty + % + % Read input from the index file line by line. + \loopdo + \ifeof1 + \let\firsttoken\relax + \else + \read 1 to \nextline + \edef\act{\gdef\noexpand\firsttoken{\getfirsttoken\nextline}}% + \act + \fi + \thisline + % + \ifeof1\else + \let\thisline\nextline + \repeat + %% \enddoublecolumns \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} +\def\getfirsttoken#1{\expandafter\getfirsttokenx#1\endfirsttoken} +\long\def\getfirsttokenx#1#2\endfirsttoken{\noexpand#1} + +\def\loopdo#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\loopdoxxx} +\def\loopdoxxx{\let\next=\relax\body\let\next=\loopdoxxx\fi\next} + % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. -\def\initial#1{{% - % Some minor font changes for the special characters. - \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt - % +{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 +\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 +\catcode`\$=3 +\gdef\initialglyphs{% + % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the + % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere + % for these characters. + \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% + \let\\=\indexbackslash + % + % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash + \catcode`\/=13 + \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% + \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' + \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% + \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% + \def\_{% + \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% + \def|{$\vert$}% + \def<{$\less$}% + \def>{$\gtr$}% + \def+{$\normalplus$}% +}} + +\def\initial{% + \bgroup + \initialglyphs + \initialx +} + +\def\initialx#1{% % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the + % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip - \penalty 0 - \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip + \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip + \penalty -300 + \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column @@ -3959,25 +5159,24 @@ output) for that.)} % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip - \leftline{\secbf #1}% + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip + \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% + % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of + % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that + % \leftline creates. % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip -}} + \egroup % \initialglyphs +} + +\newdimen\entryrightmargin +\entryrightmargin=0pt % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % -% A straightforward implementation would start like this: -% \def\entry#1#2{... -% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to -% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- -% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% -% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. -% --kasal, 21nov03 \def\entry{% \begingroup % @@ -3985,80 +5184,181 @@ output) for that.)} % affect previous text. \par % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks + % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section + % titles, for instance. + \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% + \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command % % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing % columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt + \vskip 0pt plus0.5pt % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } +\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% + % Save the text of the entry + \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. + % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems + % with catcodes occurring. } -\def\finishentry#1{% +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\finishentry#1{% + \egroup % end box A + \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry + \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup\unhbox\boxA % #1 is the page number. % - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \def\tempa{{\rm }}% - \def\tempb{#1}% - \edef\tempc{\tempa}% - \edef\tempd{\tempb}% - \ifx\tempc\tempd - \ % + % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use + % leaders if they are present. + \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt + \null\nobreak\hfill\ % \else % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \ \the\toksA + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \bgroup\let\domark\relax + \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA + \egroup + % The redefinion of \domark stops marks being added in \pdflink to + % preserve coloured links across page boundaries. Otherwise the marks + % would get in the way of \lastbox in \insertindexentrybox. \else - \ #1% + \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% \fi \fi - \par + \egroup % end \boxA + \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt + \global\setbox\entryindexbox=\vbox{\unhbox\boxA}% + \else + \global\setbox\entryindexbox=\vbox\bgroup + \prevdepth=\entrylinedepth + \noindent + % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the + % page numbers to be aligned to the right. + % + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill + \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill + % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own + % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. + \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill + % + \hangindent=1em + % + \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin + % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. + % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to + % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. + \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em + \dimen@i=2.1em + \else + \dimen@i=0em + \fi + \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i + % + \dimen@ii = \hsize + \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip + \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin + \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i + \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line + \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text + \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ % Try to split the text roughly evenly + \dimen@ii = \hsize + \advance \dimen@ii by -1em + \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii + % If the entry is too long, use the whole line + \dimen@ = \dimen@ii + \fi + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right + \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip + \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 1em \dimen@ii + % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, but + % TeX doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. + \fi\fi + \unhbox\boxA + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % Word spacing - no stretch + \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font + % + \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. + \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. + % + \par % format the paragraph + \egroup % The \vbox + \fi \endgroup + % delay text of entry until after penalty + \bgroup\aftergroup\insertindexentrybox + \entryorphanpenalty +}} + +\newskip\thinshrinkable +\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em + +\newbox\entryindexbox +\def\insertindexentrybox{% + \copy\entryindexbox + % The following gets the depth of the last box. This is for even + % line spacing when entries span several lines. + \setbox\dummybox\vbox{% + \unvbox\entryindexbox + \nointerlineskip + \lastbox + \global\entrylinedepth=\prevdepth + }% + % Note that we couldn't simply \unvbox\entryindexbox followed by + % \nointerlineskip\lastbox to remove the last box and then reinstate it, + % because this resets how far the box has been \moveleft'ed to 0. \unvbox + % doesn't affect \prevdepth either. +} +\newdimen\entrylinedepth + +% Default is no penalty +\let\entryorphanpenalty\egroup + +% Used from \printindex. \firsttoken should be the first token +% after the \entry. If it's not another \entry, we are at the last +% line of a group of index entries, so insert a penalty to discourage +% orphaned index entries. +\long\def\indexorphanpenalty{% + \def\isentry{\entry}% + \ifx\firsttoken\isentry + \else + \unskip\penalty 9000 + % The \unskip here stops breaking before the glue. It relies on the + % \vskip above being there, otherwise there is an error + % "You can't use `\unskip' in vertical mode". There has to be glue + % in the current vertical list that hasn't been added to the + % "current page". See Chapter 24 of the TeXbook. This contradicts + % Section 8.3.7 in "TeX by Topic," though. + \fi + \egroup % now comes the box added with \aftergroup } % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. +% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push +% the page number to the right. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} + \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} @@ -4080,12 +5380,39 @@ output) for that.)} % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 +\catcode`\@=11 % private names \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize +\newdimen\doublecolumntopgap +\doublecolumntopgap = 0pt + +% Use inside an output routine to save \topmark and \firstmark +\def\savemarks{% + \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark }% + \global\savedfirstmark=\expandafter{\firstmark }% +} +\newtoks\savedtopmark +\newtoks\savedfirstmark + +% Set \topmark and \firstmark for next time \output runs. +% Can't be run from withinside \output (because any material +% added while an output routine is active, including +% penalties, is saved for after it finishes). The page so far +% should be empty, otherwise what's on it will be thrown away. +\def\restoremarks{% + \mark{\the\savedtopmark}% + \bgroup\output = {% + \setbox\dummybox=\box\PAGE + }abc\eject\egroup + % "abc" because output routine doesn't fire for a completely empty page. + \mark{\the\savedfirstmark}% +} \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % If not much space left on page, start a new page. + \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi + % % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% % @@ -4105,8 +5432,15 @@ output) for that.)} \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% + \savemarks }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + \restoremarks + % + % We recover the two marks that the last output routine saved in order + % to propagate the information in marks added around a chapter heading, + % which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output. + % % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% @@ -4134,13 +5468,19 @@ output) for that.)} % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \global\doublecolumntopgap = \topskip + \global\advance\doublecolumntopgap by -1\baselineskip + \advance\vsize by -1\doublecolumntopgap \vsize = 2\vsize + \topskip=0pt + \global\entrylinedepth=0pt\relax } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last. +% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. % \def\doublecolumnout{% + % \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the @@ -4163,10 +5503,13 @@ output) for that.)} % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% + \vbox{% + \vskip\doublecolumntopgap + \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}}% } -% -% All done with double columns. + + +% Finished with with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the @@ -4197,21 +5540,21 @@ output) for that.)} \penalty0 % \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the - % current page, no automatic page break. + % Split the last of the double-column material. + \savemarks \balancecolumns % - % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, - % though, there will be another page break right after this \output - % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be - % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes - % the output somewhat more palatable.) + % definition right away. \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% }% \eject \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + \restoremarks + % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic + % page break. + \box\balancedcolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column @@ -4219,31 +5562,52 @@ output) for that.)} % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } +\newbox\balancedcolumns +\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% % -% Called at the end of the double column material. +% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout +% does the others. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + \ifdim\dimen@<14\baselineskip + % Don't split a short final column in two. + \setbox2=\vbox{}% + \else + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + \dimen@ii = \dimen@ + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until the second column is no higher than the first + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + % Remove glue from bottom of first column to + % make sure it is higher than the second. + \global\setbox1 = \vbox{\unvbox1\unpenalty\unskip}% + \ifdim\ht3>\ht1 + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + \multiply\dimen@ii by 4 + \divide\dimen@ii by 5 + \ifdim\ht3<\dimen@ii + % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms + % flush with each other. The glue at the end of the second column + % allows a second column to stretch, reducing the difference in + % height between the two. + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1\vfill}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3\vskip 0pt plus 0.3\ht0}% + \else + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + \fi + \fi % - \pagesofar + \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% } \catcode`\@ = \other @@ -4251,7 +5615,26 @@ output) for that.)} \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered +% Let's start with @part. +\outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} +\def\partzzz#1{% + \chapoddpage + \null + \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit + \begingroup + \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text + \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with + \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc + \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page + % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter + % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. + \let\pchapsepmacro\relax + \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + \chapoddpage + \endgroup +} + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 @@ -4305,11 +5688,15 @@ output) for that.)} \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} -% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. -% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. -% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. +% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number +% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use +% these. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} +\def\thischapternum{} +\def\thischaptername{} \def\thissection{} +\def\thissectionnum{} +\def\thissectionname{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count @@ -4326,8 +5713,8 @@ output) for that.)} \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel +% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. @@ -4352,8 +5739,8 @@ output) for that.)} % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel + \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: @@ -4365,10 +5752,10 @@ output) for that.)} \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 + \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: @@ -4422,7 +5809,9 @@ output) for that.)} \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % - \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% @@ -4433,15 +5822,17 @@ output) for that.)} \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz +% \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % - \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% - \message{\appendixnum}% + % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. + \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% + \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % @@ -4450,7 +5841,8 @@ output) for that.)} \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 @@ -4482,9 +5874,6 @@ output) for that.)} % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break - % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. - % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax @@ -4494,40 +5883,47 @@ output) for that.)} \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. +% \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +% normally calls appendixsectionzzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +% normally calls unnumberedseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +% +% normally calls numberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +% normally calls appendixsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% @@ -4535,21 +5931,25 @@ output) for that.)} } % Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +% +% normally numberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +% normally appendixsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% @@ -4565,15 +5965,6 @@ output) for that.)} % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz @@ -4581,10 +5972,8 @@ output) for that.)} \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% - \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax + \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% + \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak \suppressfirstparagraphindent } @@ -4600,17 +5989,32 @@ output) for that.)} % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - \newskip\chapheadingskip +% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} + +% Start a new page \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter +% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will +% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't +% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. +\def\chapoddpage{% + \chappager + \ifodd\pageno \else + \begingroup + \headingsoff + \null + \chappager + \endgroup + \fi +} \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} @@ -4633,56 +6037,93 @@ output) for that.)} \CHAPPAGon -% Chapter opening. +% \chapmacro - Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% Not used for @heading series. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% + \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. + % + % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). + \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\thissection{}}% + % + \def\temptype{#2}% + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% + \gdef\thischapter{}}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% + % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} + \noexpand\thischapternum: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + }% + \else + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastchapterdefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% + % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} + \noexpand\thischapternum: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + }% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of + % the preceding space. + \safewhatsit\domark + % + % Insert the chapter heading break. \pchapsepmacro + % + % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points + % between here and the heading. + \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \domark + % {% - \chapfonts \rm + \chapfonts \rmisbold + \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message % - % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the + % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry \def\toctype{omit}% - \gdef\thischapternum{}% - \gdef\thischapter{}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% - \xdef\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% - % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter - % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't - % use \thissection because that changes with each section. - % - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% \def\toctype{numchap}% - \xdef\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the @@ -4698,8 +6139,8 @@ output) for that.)} \donoderef{#2}% % % Typeset the actual heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. + \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title @@ -4721,18 +6162,18 @@ output) for that.)} \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} % \def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak + \chapoddpage + \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% + \nobreak\bigskip\nobreak } \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% \par\penalty 5000 % } \def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak + \chapoddpage + \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings \hfill #1\hfill}% + \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak } \def\CHAPFopen{% \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen @@ -4756,40 +6197,102 @@ output) for that.)} % Print any size, any type, section title. % -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is -% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the -% section number. +% #1 is the text of the title, +% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), +% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), +% #4 is the section number. +% +\def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% + \def\sectionlevel{#2}% + \def\temptype{#3}% + % + % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an + % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is + % dubious), but not the others. + \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else + \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. + \fi + \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading + % % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold + % + % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). + \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% + \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% + \fi + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % Don't redefine \thissection. + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% + % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} + \noexpand\thissectionnum: + \noexpand\thissectionname}% + }% + \fi + \else + \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword + \toks0={#1}% + \xdef\lastsectiondefs{% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% + \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% + % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible + % commands in some of the translations. + \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} + \noexpand\thissectionnum: + \noexpand\thissectionname}% + }% + \fi + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we + % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph + % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. + \par + % + % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of + % the preceding space. + \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert space above the heading. \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% + % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points + % between here and the heading. + \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs + \domark % + % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \thissection. + % and don't redefine \lastsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\lastsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. @@ -4808,7 +6311,7 @@ output) for that.)} \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% @@ -4822,15 +6325,15 @@ output) for that.)} % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) + % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next + % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out + % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically + % obscuring the section heading with something else. \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > - % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after - % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % - % @section sec-whatever - % @deffn def-whatever + % + % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known + % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation + % and do the needful. \penalty 10001 } @@ -4886,7 +6389,7 @@ output) for that.)} % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. -% +% \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active @@ -4904,7 +6407,7 @@ output) for that.)} \def\readtocfile{% \setupdatafile \activecatcodes - \input \jobname.toc + \input \tocreadfilename } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in @@ -4923,23 +6426,27 @@ output) for that.)} % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \def\thischapter{}% \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% % \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi } +% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on +% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. +% +\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. +% \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi @@ -4958,6 +6465,7 @@ output) for that.)} \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % + \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry @@ -4977,7 +6485,7 @@ output) for that.)} \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi @@ -5013,9 +6521,22 @@ output) for that.)} % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... +% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't +% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. +% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. +\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} +\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}} +% +% Parts, in the short toc. +\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% + \penalty-300 + \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip + \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% +} + % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -% + % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% @@ -5030,7 +6551,7 @@ output) for that.)} \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} @@ -5063,6 +6584,8 @@ output) for that.)} \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup + % Move the page numbers slightly to the right + \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup @@ -5102,45 +6625,12 @@ output) for that.)} \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% + \setupmarkupstyle{tex}% \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie @@ -5150,8 +6640,15 @@ output) for that.)} \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other + \catcode `\`=\other + \catcode `\'=\other \escapechar=`\\ % + % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our + % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. + \mathactive + % + % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc @@ -5167,8 +6664,11 @@ output) for that.)} \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\sp=\ptexsp \let\*=\ptexstar + %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode \let\t=\ptext + \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% @@ -5205,6 +6705,24 @@ output) for that.)} \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text + % often leads into it. + \penalty100 + \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\def\afterenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi @@ -5213,8 +6731,6 @@ output) for that.)} \fi }} -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax @@ -5252,9 +6768,13 @@ output) for that.)} % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \vbox\bgroup + % + % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the + % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can + % collide with the section heading. + \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi + % + \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup @@ -5267,7 +6787,7 @@ output) for that.)} \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. + \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi @@ -5278,20 +6798,27 @@ output) for that.)} \egroup \cartbot \egroup + \addgroupbox \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. +\newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt + % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate + % the normal \indent. + \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt + \let\indent\nonfillindent + % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing @@ -5302,6 +6829,24 @@ output) for that.)} \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } +\begingroup +\obeyspaces +% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake +% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally +% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after +% @indent. +\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% +\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% +\ifx\temp % +\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% +\else% +\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% +\fi% +}% +\endgroup +\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} +\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} + % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: @@ -5329,41 +6874,42 @@ output) for that.)} } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} +% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. +\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} +% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. +\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% + \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% + \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; +% @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% +\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart - \tt\quoteexpand + \tt\setupmarkupstyle{example}% \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return + \gobble % eat return } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % -\makedispenv {display}{% +\makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % -\makedispenv{format}{% +\makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble @@ -5382,28 +6928,51 @@ output) for that.)} \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak +% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right +% justification. From plain.tex. Don't stretch around special +% characters in urls in this environment, since the stretch at the right +% should be enough. +\envdef\raggedright{% + \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax + \def\urefprestretchamount{0pt}% + \def\urefpoststretchamount{0pt}% +} +\let\Eraggedright\par + +\envdef\raggedleft{% + \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em + \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt + \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off + % badness reporting. +} +\let\Eraggedleft\par + +\envdef\raggedcenter{% + \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em + \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt + \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off + % badness reporting. +} +\let\Eraggedcenter\par + + % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % -\envdef\quotation{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. +\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} +% +\def\quotationstart{% + \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } @@ -5413,12 +6982,13 @@ output) for that.)} % \def\Equotation{% \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } +\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% @@ -5428,6 +6998,32 @@ output) for that.)} \fi } +% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and +% has no optional argument. +% +\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} +% +\def\indentedblockstart{% + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + +% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. +% +\def\Eindentedblock{% + \par + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} +\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} + % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} % If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, @@ -5443,18 +7039,16 @@ output) for that.)} \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% + % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and + % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and + % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. + %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 -% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font -\begingroup - \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} -\endgroup -% % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab @@ -5466,7 +7060,7 @@ output) for that.)} \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active + \setupmarkupstyle{verb}% \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and @@ -5477,73 +7071,46 @@ output) for that.)} % Setup for the @verbatim environment % -% Real tab expansion +% Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} - -% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right -% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote -% from cmtt (char 0x0d). The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it -% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least -% evince), the lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the -% regular 0x27. -% -\def\codequoteright{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax - '% - \else - \char'15 - \fi -} -% -% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. -% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like -% the code environments to do likewise. -% -\def\codequoteleft{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax - `% - \else - \char'22 - \fi -} +% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle +% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent, +% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the +% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before +% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands +% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself. +\newbox\verbbox +\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw + \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } - \catcode`\'=\active - \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}% - % - \catcode`\`=\active - \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}% - % - \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}% \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would + % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode. + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}% \tabexpand - \quoteexpand + \setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}% % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: + % make each space count. + % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces \everypar{\starttabbox}% } @@ -5599,6 +7166,8 @@ output) for that.)} {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim + \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. + \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% \input #1 \afterenvbreak }% @@ -5612,7 +7181,7 @@ output) for that.)} % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is very desirable. +% possible is desirable. % \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} @@ -5631,21 +7200,28 @@ output) for that.)} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt +\newcount\defunpenalty % Start the processing of @deffn: \def\startdefun{% \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak + \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the + % following @def command, see below. \else % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi + % + % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling + % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the + % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following + % @def command. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. % But do insert the glue. @@ -5663,7 +7239,7 @@ output) for that.)} % % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% @@ -5678,10 +7254,10 @@ output) for that.)} #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts @@ -5691,7 +7267,7 @@ output) for that.)} \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. +% the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. % \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun @@ -5700,7 +7276,7 @@ output) for that.)} \temp } -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader +% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } % % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. @@ -5708,13 +7284,36 @@ output) for that.)} \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun + \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } -%%% Untyped functions: +\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? +\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? + +% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions +% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, +% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. +% +\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} @@ -5733,7 +7332,7 @@ output) for that.)} \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } -%%% Typed functions: +% Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} @@ -5748,10 +7347,11 @@ output) for that.)} % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \doingtypefntrue \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } -%%% Typed variables: +% Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} @@ -5769,7 +7369,7 @@ output) for that.)} \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } -%%% Untyped variables: +% Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } @@ -5780,7 +7380,8 @@ output) for that.)} % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } -%%% Type: +% Types: + % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% @@ -5808,25 +7409,49 @@ output) for that.)} % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% + \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function + % on a line by itself. + \rettypeownlinefalse + \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? + % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else + \rettypeownlinetrue + \fi + \fi + % + % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at + % least two. + \tempnum = 2 + % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % + % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. + \ifrettypeownline + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% + \else + \def\maybeshapeline{}% + \fi + % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 % - % Put the type name to the right margin. + % The final paragraph shape: + \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize @@ -5848,8 +7473,16 @@ output) for that.)} % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type + \ifx\temp\empty\else + \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type + \ifrettypeownline + % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: + \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break + \else + \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space + \fi + \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm @@ -5869,8 +7502,11 @@ output) for that.)} \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 % % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. - \let\var=\ttslanted + % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so + % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. + % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen + % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. + \def\var##1{{\setupmarkupstyle{var}\ttslanted{##1}}}% #1% \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } @@ -5950,12 +7586,14 @@ output) for that.)} \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi } +% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually +% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). \def\badparencount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% + \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% \global\parencount=0 } \def\badbrackcount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% + \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% \global\brackcount=0 } @@ -5965,7 +7603,7 @@ output) for that.)} % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined +\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% @@ -5976,29 +7614,43 @@ output) for that.)} } \fi +\let\aftermacroxxx\relax +\def\aftermacro{\aftermacroxxx} + +% alias because \c means cedilla in @tex or @math +\let\texinfoc=\c + +% Used at the time of macro expansion. +% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted \def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% + % + % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. + \scantokens{#1\texinfoc}\aftermacro% + % + % The \c is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and + % can be noticed by \parsearg. + % The \aftermacro allows a \comment at the end of the macro definition + % to duplicate itself past the final \newlinechar added by \scantokens: + % this is used in the definition of \group to comment out a newline. We + % don't do the same for \c to support Texinfo files with macros that ended + % with a @c, which should no longer be necessary. + % We avoid surrounding the call to \scantokens with \bgroup and \egroup + % to allow macros to open or close groups themselves. } +% Used for copying and captions \def\scanexp#1{% + \bgroup + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \printindex + % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active + % backslash to get it printed correctly. + % FIXME: This may not be needed. + %\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% \temp + \egroup } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters @@ -6022,7 +7674,7 @@ output) for that.)} % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% +% \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname @@ -6048,41 +7700,60 @@ output) for that.)} % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ +% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. +% +% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate +% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to +% confine the change to the current group. +% % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% +% +\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other + \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi } -\def\scanargctxt{% +\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. \scanctxt + \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } -\def\macrobodyctxt{% +\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions \scanctxt + \catcode`\ =\other + \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash } +% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode +% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside +% an argument to another Texinfo command. \def\macroargctxt{% \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\ =\active + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \catcode`\\=\active +} + +\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces + \scanctxt + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other } % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. @@ -6090,22 +7761,30 @@ output) for that.)} % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - +% {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} +\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } + \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% + \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \if\paramno>256\relax + \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} + \fi + \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% @@ -6147,125 +7826,513 @@ output) for that.)} \fi } -% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a -% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to +% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} +% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a +% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. +% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. +% Set \paramno to the number of arguments, +% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a +% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params +% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are +% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N +% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be +% defined `a la TeX in the macro body. +% % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). - -% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something -% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine -% it to # just before using the token list produced. % -% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before -% the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see +% \parsemmanyargdef. +% +\def\parsemargdef#1;{% + \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax + % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions + \let\processmacroarg\relax + \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else + \paramno0\relax + \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments + \fi +} \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% + \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + {\processmacroarg{\hash\the\paramno}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} -% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. -% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody +% +% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since +% rec and nonrec macros end differently.) +% +% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro +% body to be transformed. +% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. +% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% +\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% +{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% +\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% + +% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. +\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} +\catcode `@=11\relax + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the +% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is +% processed again to replace the arguments. +% +% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the +% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of +% the catcode regime under which the body was input). +% +% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more +% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). +% +% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments +% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to +% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list +% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments +% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining +% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. +\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ + \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa + \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% + % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we + % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an + % \xdef . + \expandafter\edef\tempa + {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi\next} + -\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% -\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\let\endargs@\relax +\let\nil@\relax +\def\nilm@{\nil@}% +\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. -% Much magic with \expandafter here. +% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its +% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros +% macarg.ARGNAME +% +% #1 is the macro name +% #2 is the list of argument names +% #3 is the list of argument values +\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% + \def\macargdeflist@{}% + \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. + \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% + \def\macroname{#1}% + \begingroup + \macroargctxt + \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% + \def\@tempa{#3}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty + \setemptyargvalues@ + \else + \getargvals@@ + \fi +} +\def\getargvals@@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% + \fi + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ + % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg + % macros to empty. + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \else + % pop current arg name into \@tempb + \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% + % pop current argument value into \@tempc + \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% + \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% + % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. + % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd + \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% + \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% + \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% + \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% + \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ + \let\next\getargvals@@ + \fi + \fi + \next +} + +\def\push@#1#2{% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter#1#2}% +} + +% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result +% in macro \@tempa. +% +\def\macvalstoargs@{% + % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed + % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument + % values into respective token registers. + % + % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. + \begingroup + \paramno0\relax + % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument + % value into a new token list register \toks#N + \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% + % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their + % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they + % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . + \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% + % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers + % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after + % group. + \expandafter + \endgroup + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% + } + +% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. +% +\def\macargexpandinbody@{% + \expandafter + \endgroup + \macargdeflist@ + % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result + % is in \@tempa . + \macvalstoargs@ + % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value + % with \@tempb . + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname + % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing + % \egroup . + \ifx\@tempb\gobble + \let\@tempc\relax + \else + \let\@tempc\egroup + \fi + % And now we do the real job: + \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% + \@tempd +} + +\def\putargsintokens@#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next\relax + \else + \let\next\putargsintokens@ + % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary + % alias \@tempb . + \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno + % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname + \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \advance\paramno by 1\relax + \fi + \next +} + +% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. +% +\def\setemptyargvalues@{% + \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ + \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ + \else + \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ + \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ + \fi + \next +} + +\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% + \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% + \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ + \def\paramlist{#2}% +} + +% #1 is the element target macro +% #2 is the list macro +% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value +\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \def#1{#3}% + \def#2{#4}% +} +\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% + \long\def#1{#3}% + \long\def#2{#4}% +} + + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + + +% Remove following spaces at the expansion stage. +% This works because spaces are discarded before each argument when TeX is +% getting the arguments for a macro. +% This must not be immediately followed by a }. +\long\def\gobblespaces#1{#1} + +% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. +% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for +% its parameters, looking like "\processmacroarg{\hash 1}". +% \paramno is the number of parameters +% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," +% There are eight cases: recursive and nonrecursive macros of zero, one, +% up to nine, and many arguments. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. +% \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifrecursive + \ifnum\paramno=1 + \def\processmacroarg{\gobblespaces}% + % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't + % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost + % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based + % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. + \else + \def\processmacroarg{\xprocessmacroarg}% + \let\xprocessmacroarg\relax + \fi + \ifrecursive %%%%%%%%%%%%%% Recursive %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \bgroup \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname{% + \noexpand\gobblespaces##1\empty}% + % The \empty is for \gobblespaces in case #1 is empty + }% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname##1{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \else + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9 + % See non-recursive section below for comments + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup + \noexpand\expandafter + \noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\expandafter + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% + \noexpand\passargtomacro + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \else % 10 or more + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% + }% + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble + \fi \fi - \else + \else %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Non-recursive %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \bgroup \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname{% + \noexpand\gobblespaces##1\empty}% + % The \empty is for \gobblespaces in case #1 is empty + }% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname##1{% \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% + }% + \else % at most 9 + \ifnum\paramno<10\relax + % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument + % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a + % comma. + % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. + % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup + \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the + \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. + \noexpand\expandafter + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% + \noexpand\passargtomacro + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% + \else % 10 or more: + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% + }% + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody + \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse + \fi \fi \fi} +\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes + \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} -% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a -% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole -% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape +@catcode`@_=11 % private names +@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator + +% \passargtomacro#1#2 - +% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 +% compressed to one. +% +% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use +% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where +% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to +% an auxiliary file for an index entry). +% +% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to +% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is +% +% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) +% +% where: +% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call +% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro +% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing +% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next + +@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% + @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% +} +@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 used to look ahead +% +% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; +% otherwise, remove the next token. +@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% + @ifx#4\% + @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish + @else + @expandafter@add_segment + @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% +} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. +% #5 looks ahead +% +% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. +@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% + @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% +} + +@gdef@is_fi{@fi} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT +% #2 - PENDING_BS +% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN +% #4 is input stream until next backslash +% +% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a +% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. +% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, +% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until +% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent +% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been +% added to ARG_RESULT. +@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% +@ifx#3@_finish + @call_the_macro#1!% +@else + % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment + @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi + % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. + % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how + % long #4 is. +} + +% #1 - THE_MACRO +% #2 - ARG_RESULT +% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the +% conditional. +@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} + +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks +% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context +% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, +% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular +% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. +% \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg + \ifx\nchar\bgroup + \macroargctxt + \expandafter\passargtomacro + \else + \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +% \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% @@ -6286,7 +8353,8 @@ output) for that.)} % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% + \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in @@ -6325,7 +8393,7 @@ output) for that.)} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. @@ -6339,47 +8407,87 @@ output) for that.)} \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% + \requireauxfile \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout + \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } +% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used +% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. +% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title +% variable, now it's official. +% +\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \empty + \else\ifx\temp\offword + \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname + = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', + must be on|off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} +\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} +\def\ref{\xrefXX} + +\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} +\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} +% +\newbox\toprefbox +\newbox\printedrefnamebox +\newbox\infofilenamebox +\newbox\printedmanualbox +% \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + % + % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% + % + \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% + \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% + % + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + % + % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in + % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. + \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax + % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside + % the square brackets if we have it. + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. @@ -6391,23 +8499,32 @@ output) for that.)} % % Make link in pdf output. \ifpdf - \leavevmode - \getfilename{#4}% {\indexnofonts \turnoffactive - % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% + \makevalueexpandable + % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ + % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in + % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. + \getfilename{#4}% + % + % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing + % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. + \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% + \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty + \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets + \else + \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % escape PDF special chars + \fi % + \leavevmode + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% \else - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% \fi }% - \linkcolor + \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi % % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" @@ -6424,29 +8541,42 @@ output) for that.)} \iffloat\Xthisreftitle % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt + \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt \refx{#1-snt}{}% \else \printedrefname \fi % - % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \fi \else % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert + % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not + % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, + % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name + % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + % + \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt + % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. + % + \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% + % + \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt + % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no + % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as + % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. + % + \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else + % Reference within this manual. + % % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of @@ -6458,7 +8588,7 @@ output) for that.)} \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% - % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. + % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname % % But we always want a comma and a space: @@ -6466,11 +8596,43 @@ output) for that.)} % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% - \fi + \ifx,\tokenafterxref + \else\ifx.\tokenafterxref + \else\ifx;\tokenafterxref + \else\ifx)\tokenafterxref + \else,% add a , if xref not followed by punctuation + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} +% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). +% +% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither +% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply +% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. +% +% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the +% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in +% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less +% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., +% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. +% +% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every +% reference, since the current font is indeterminate. +% +\def\crossmanualxref#1{% + \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? + \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? + \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space + \fi + \fi + #1% +} + % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly @@ -6510,6 +8672,7 @@ output) for that.)} % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. % \def\refx#1#2{% + \requireauxfile {% \indexnofonts \otherbackslash @@ -6521,7 +8684,8 @@ output) for that.)} \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue @@ -6572,6 +8736,23 @@ output) for that.)} \fi } +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. +\def\requireauxfile{% + \iflinks + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \fi + \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. +} + % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% @@ -6651,14 +8832,7 @@ output) for that.)} \catcode`\\=\other % % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. - {% - \count1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count1=\other - \advance\count1 by 1 - \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi - }% - }% + {\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other}% % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 @@ -6685,15 +8859,13 @@ output) for that.)} % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % @@ -6717,6 +8889,11 @@ output) for that.)} % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup + % + % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot + % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) + \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest + % % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. @@ -6748,17 +8925,30 @@ output) for that.)} % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut + % + % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 +\def\errfootnotenest{% + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, + even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} +} + +\def\errfootnoteheading{% + \errhelp=\EMsimple + \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} +} + % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. -% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. - +% % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. @@ -6835,7 +9025,7 @@ output) for that.)} it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% @@ -6851,23 +9041,39 @@ output) for that.)} % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names + \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue - \nobreak\bigskip + \else \ifx\centersub\centerV + % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space + \imagevmodetrue + \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev + \fi\fi + % + \ifimagevmode + \nobreak\medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak - \line\bgroup \fi % + % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing + % environment such as @quotation is respected. + % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the + % normal paragraph indentation. + % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't + % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and + % eradicate the centering. + \ifx\centersub\centerV\else \noindent \fi + % % Output the image. \ifpdf \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% @@ -6878,7 +9084,10 @@ output) for that.)} \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \fi % - \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image + \ifimagevmode + \medskip % space after a standalone image + \fi + \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi \endgroup} @@ -6945,13 +9154,13 @@ output) for that.)} \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% - % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the + % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % - \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi @@ -7018,6 +9227,7 @@ output) for that.)} % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% + \requireauxfile \atdummies % % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M @@ -7086,7 +9296,7 @@ output) for that.)} % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \thissection value which we \setref above. +% \lastsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % @@ -7150,34 +9360,128 @@ output) for that.)} \message{localization,} -% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after -% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything -% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. -% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very +% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language +% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \globaldefs=1 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file if it exists. + % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. + \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 - \endgroup + \endgroup % end raw TeX +} +% +% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, +% try txi-de.tex. +% +\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \else + \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 } +}% end of special _ catcode +% \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory -should work if nowhere else does.} +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current +directory should work if nowhere else does.} + +% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the +% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and +% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. +% +% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. +% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., +% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. +% +% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all +% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in +% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the +% accented characters problem.) +% +\catcode`@=11 +\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% + % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. + \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax + \message{no patterns for #1}% + \else + \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname + \fi + % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. + \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax + \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax +} + +% Get input by bytes instead of by UTF-8 codepoints for XeTeX and LuaTeX, +% otherwise the encoding support is completely broken. +\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined +\else +\XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read +\XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % Effective in texinfo.tex only +% Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for +% output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. +% The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in +% place of UTF-8 characters. +\fi +\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined +\else +\directlua{ +local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub +local function convert_char (char) + return utf8_char(byte(char)) +end + +local function convert_line (line) + return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) +end + +callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) + +local function convert_line_out (line) + local line_out = "" + for c in string.utfvalues(line) do + line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) + end + return line_out +end + +callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) +} +\fi + + +% Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 - \global\catcode\count255=#1 + \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax + \advance\count255 by 1 + \repeat +} + +\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% + \count255=128 + \loop\ifnum\count255<256 + \catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } @@ -7185,7 +9489,16 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % -\parseargdef\documentencoding{% +\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} +\def\documentencodingzzz#1{% + % Get input by bytes instead of by UTF-8 codepoints for XeTeX, + % otherwise the encoding support is completely broken. + % This settings is for the document root file. + \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined + \else + \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" + \fi + % % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % @@ -7204,7 +9517,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % - \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone + \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % @@ -7214,10 +9527,12 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \setnonasciicharscatcode\active - \utfeightchardefs + % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level + % (below), do not re-invoke it, then our check for duplicated + % definitions triggers. Making non-ascii chars active is enough. % - \else - \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}% + \else + \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine @@ -7226,10 +9541,11 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \fi % ascii } +% emacs-page % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). -% -\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}} +% +\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} @@ -7241,21 +9557,21 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} + \gdef^^a0{\tie} \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown} - \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} - \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}} - \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} - \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}} - \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} + \gdef^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent + \gdef^^a3{\pounds} + \gdef^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency + \gdef^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen + \gdef^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar \gdef^^a7{\S} - \gdef^^a8{\"{}} - \gdef^^a9{\copyright} + \gdef^^a8{\"{}} + \gdef^^a9{\copyright} \gdef^^aa{\ordf} - \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} - \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$} - \gdef^^ad{\-} - \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} + \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft} + \gdef^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} + \gdef^^ad{\-} + \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} \gdef^^af{\={}} % \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} @@ -7265,13 +9581,11 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^b4{\'{}} \gdef^^b5{$\mu$} \gdef^^b6{\P} - % - \gdef^^b7{$^.$} + \gdef^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdef^^b9{$^1$} \gdef^^ba{\ordm} - % - \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} + \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright} \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdef^^be{$3\over4$} @@ -7282,7 +9596,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^c2{\^A} \gdef^^c3{\~A} \gdef^^c4{\"A} - \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} + \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} \gdef^^c6{\AE} \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdef^^c8{\`E} @@ -7294,7 +9608,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^ce{\^I} \gdef^^cf{\"I} % - \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}} + \gdef^^d0{\DH} \gdef^^d1{\~N} \gdef^^d2{\`O} \gdef^^d3{\'O} @@ -7308,7 +9622,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^db{\^U} \gdef^^dc{\"U} \gdef^^dd{\'Y} - \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}} + \gdef^^de{\TH} \gdef^^df{\ss} % \gdef^^e0{\`a} @@ -7328,7 +9642,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % - \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}} + \gdef^^f0{\dh} \gdef^^f1{\~n} \gdef^^f2{\`o} \gdef^^f3{\'o} @@ -7342,7 +9656,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^fb{\^u} \gdef^^fc{\"u} \gdef^^fd{\'y} - \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}} + \gdef^^fe{\th} \gdef^^ff{\"y} } @@ -7363,8 +9677,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% - \gdef^^a0{~} - \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} + \gdef^^a0{\tie} + \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdef^^a2{\u{}} \gdef^^a3{\L} \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} @@ -7381,8 +9695,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z} % \gdef^^b0{\textdegree} - \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}} - \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}} + \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}} + \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }} \gdef^^b3{\l} \gdef^^b4{\'{}} \gdef^^b5{\v l} @@ -7407,14 +9721,14 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdef^^c8{\v C} \gdef^^c9{\'E} - \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} + \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}} \gdef^^cb{\"E} \gdef^^cc{\v E} \gdef^^cd{\'I} \gdef^^ce{\^I} \gdef^^cf{\v D} % - \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} + \gdef^^d0{\DH} \gdef^^d1{\'N} \gdef^^d2{\v N} \gdef^^d3{\'O} @@ -7423,7 +9737,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^d6{\"O} \gdef^^d7{$\times$} \gdef^^d8{\v R} - \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} + \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} \gdef^^da{\'U} \gdef^^db{\H U} \gdef^^dc{\"U} @@ -7441,14 +9755,14 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdef^^e8{\v c} \gdef^^e9{\'e} - \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}} + \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdef^^eb{\"e} \gdef^^ec{\v e} - \gdef^^ed{\'\i} - \gdef^^ee{\^\i} + \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} + \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} \gdef^^ef{\v d} % - \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}} + \gdef^^f0{\dh} \gdef^^f1{\'n} \gdef^^f2{\v n} \gdef^^f3{\'o} @@ -7467,11 +9781,11 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} } % UTF-8 character definitions. -% +% % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. -% +% \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz @@ -7525,6 +9839,18 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup +\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below + +% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. +\def\U#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% + \else + \csname uni:#1\endcsname + \fi +} + \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 @@ -7533,10 +9859,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 - \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax - \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% + %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}% \begingroup \parseXMLCharref \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{% @@ -7548,6 +9873,13 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else + \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% + \fi + % + % define an additional control sequence for this code point. + \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp \endgroup} \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% @@ -7585,21 +9917,53 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup +% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M +% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) +% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) +% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A +% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B +% +% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing +% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts +% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without +% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, +% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. +% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at +% least make most of the characters not bomb out. +% \def\utfeightchardefs{% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A} @@ -7619,18 +9983,21 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a} @@ -7650,24 +10017,29 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C} @@ -7677,13 +10049,18 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G} @@ -7693,14 +10070,20 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}} @@ -7708,15 +10091,29 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}} @@ -7728,6 +10125,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S} @@ -7739,10 +10138,12 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}} - + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U} @@ -7754,6 +10155,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y} @@ -7765,6 +10168,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}} @@ -7819,6 +10223,85 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }} + + % Greek letters upper case + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}} + %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}} + + % Vowels with accents + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}} + + % Standalone accent + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}} + + % Greek letters lower case + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}} % omicron + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega} + + % More Greek vowels with accents + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}} + + % Variant Greek letters + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}} @@ -7946,26 +10429,236 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y} + % Punctuation \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result} + % Mathematical symbols + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus} - \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2127}{\ensuremath\mho} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BE}{\ensuremath\upharpoonright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21DD}{\ensuremath\leadsto} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2201}{\ensuremath\complement} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228F}{\ensuremath\sqsubset} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2290}{\ensuremath\sqsupset} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22B4}{\ensuremath\unlhd} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22B5}{\ensuremath\unrhd} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile} + + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25A1}{\ensuremath\Box} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\Diamond} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A1D}{\ensuremath\Join} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq} + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq} + + \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370 % actually the square root sign + \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark} }% end of \utfeightchardefs - % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } +% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. +\def\nonasciistringdefs{% + \setnonasciicharscatcode\active + \def\defstringchar##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% + % + \defstringchar^^80\defstringchar^^81\defstringchar^^82\defstringchar^^83% + \defstringchar^^84\defstringchar^^85\defstringchar^^86\defstringchar^^87% + \defstringchar^^88\defstringchar^^89\defstringchar^^8a\defstringchar^^8b% + \defstringchar^^8c\defstringchar^^8d\defstringchar^^8e\defstringchar^^8f% + % + \defstringchar^^90\defstringchar^^91\defstringchar^^92\defstringchar^^93% + \defstringchar^^94\defstringchar^^95\defstringchar^^96\defstringchar^^97% + \defstringchar^^98\defstringchar^^99\defstringchar^^9a\defstringchar^^9b% + \defstringchar^^9c\defstringchar^^9d\defstringchar^^9e\defstringchar^^9f% + % + \defstringchar^^a0\defstringchar^^a1\defstringchar^^a2\defstringchar^^a3% + \defstringchar^^a4\defstringchar^^a5\defstringchar^^a6\defstringchar^^a7% + \defstringchar^^a8\defstringchar^^a9\defstringchar^^aa\defstringchar^^ab% + \defstringchar^^ac\defstringchar^^ad\defstringchar^^ae\defstringchar^^af% + % + \defstringchar^^b0\defstringchar^^b1\defstringchar^^b2\defstringchar^^b3% + \defstringchar^^b4\defstringchar^^b5\defstringchar^^b6\defstringchar^^b7% + \defstringchar^^b8\defstringchar^^b9\defstringchar^^ba\defstringchar^^bb% + \defstringchar^^bc\defstringchar^^bd\defstringchar^^be\defstringchar^^bf% + % + \defstringchar^^c0\defstringchar^^c1\defstringchar^^c2\defstringchar^^c3% + \defstringchar^^c4\defstringchar^^c5\defstringchar^^c6\defstringchar^^c7% + \defstringchar^^c8\defstringchar^^c9\defstringchar^^ca\defstringchar^^cb% + \defstringchar^^cc\defstringchar^^cd\defstringchar^^ce\defstringchar^^cf% + % + \defstringchar^^d0\defstringchar^^d1\defstringchar^^d2\defstringchar^^d3% + \defstringchar^^d4\defstringchar^^d5\defstringchar^^d6\defstringchar^^d7% + \defstringchar^^d8\defstringchar^^d9\defstringchar^^da\defstringchar^^db% + \defstringchar^^dc\defstringchar^^dd\defstringchar^^de\defstringchar^^df% + % + \defstringchar^^e0\defstringchar^^e1\defstringchar^^e2\defstringchar^^e3% + \defstringchar^^e4\defstringchar^^e5\defstringchar^^e6\defstringchar^^e7% + \defstringchar^^e8\defstringchar^^e9\defstringchar^^ea\defstringchar^^eb% + \defstringchar^^ec\defstringchar^^ed\defstringchar^^ee\defstringchar^^ef% + % + \defstringchar^^f0\defstringchar^^f1\defstringchar^^f2\defstringchar^^f3% + \defstringchar^^f4\defstringchar^^f5\defstringchar^^f6\defstringchar^^f7% + \defstringchar^^f8\defstringchar^^f9\defstringchar^^fa\defstringchar^^fb% + \defstringchar^^fc\defstringchar^^fd\defstringchar^^fe\defstringchar^^ff% +} + + +% define all the unicode characters we know about, for the sake of @U. +\utfeightchardefs + + % Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with % existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a % document encoding. @@ -7984,10 +10677,10 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 +% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 6666 -% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 @@ -8034,6 +10727,10 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of + % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. + \pdfhorigin = 1 true in + \pdfvorigin = 1 true in \fi % \setleading{\textleading} @@ -8048,7 +10745,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% + \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% @@ -8060,7 +10757,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% + {-.2in}{0in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % @@ -8104,7 +10801,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} + \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% @@ -8169,7 +10866,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % - \dimen0 = #1 + \dimen0 = #1\relax \advance\dimen0 by \voffset % \dimen2 = \hsize @@ -8188,25 +10885,21 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} +\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment + +% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. +\catcode`\^^? = 14 + % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} +\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} +\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} +\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} +\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} +\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} +\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, @@ -8225,44 +10918,47 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Set catcodes for Texinfo file + +% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - +% \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt\char126}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} +\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde +\chardef\hatchar=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -\let\realunder=_ -% Subroutine for the previous macro. \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } +\let\realunder=_ + +\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} +\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless \chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active -\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr +\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix +\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page +% breaks in the middle of an @tex block. +\def\texinfochars{% + \let< = \activeless + \let> = \activegtr + \let~ = \activetilde + \let^ = \activehat + \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault + \let\b = \strong + \let\i = \smartitalic + % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. +} % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. @@ -8282,71 +10978,140 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} % \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} -% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash +% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. -\catcode`\\=\active -@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} -% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: -% @let \ = @normalbackslash +\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. + +% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use +% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char +% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol +% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex +% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, +% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; +% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the +% usual hex value because it has already been made active. + +@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} +@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. +% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these. @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. -% -@def@normalturnoffactive{% - @let\=@normalbackslash - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let~=@normaltilde - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @unsepspaces -} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive +% +{@catcode`- = @active + @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% + @nonasciistringdefs + @let-=@normaldash + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @let+=@normalplus + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let~=@normaltilde + @let\=@ttbackslash + @markupsetuplqdefault + @markupsetuprqdefault + @unsepspaces + } +} +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. +@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other + +% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' +% % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput +% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after +% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. +% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. +% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. +{ +@catcode`@^=7 +@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% + @global@let\ = @eatinput% + @catcode`@^^M=13% + @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% + @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% + @gdef @secondlinenl{@let^^M@thirdlinenl}% + @gdef @thirdlinenl{@fixbackslash}% +}} + +{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} + +% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token +% appears by mistake. +{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% +@gdef@enableemergencynewline{% + @gdef^^M{% + @par% + %<warning: active newline>@par% +}}} + -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% @gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi + @catcode13=5 % regular end of line + @enableemergencynewline + @let@c=@texinfoc + % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input + % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets + % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf + % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format + % file for Texinfo. + % + @openin 1 texinfo.cnf + @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi + @closein 1 } + % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other +% These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need +% active definitions as the normal characters. +@def@normaldot{.} +@def@normalquest{?} +@def@normalslash{/} +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. +@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} +@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} +@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} + +@let @hashchar = @normalhash + +@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and +@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we +@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. +@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. +@catcode`@'=@active +@catcode`@`=@active +@markupsetuplqdefault +@markupsetuprqdefault @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @@ -8357,3 +11122,4 @@ should work if nowhere else does.} @ignore arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 @end ignore +@enablebackslashhack diff --git a/build-aux/update-copyright b/build-aux/update-copyright new file mode 100755 index 0000000..17ee6b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/update-copyright @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"' + & eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" $argv:q' + if 0; +# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year. + +my $VERSION = '2016-01-12.23:13'; # UTC + +# Copyright (C) 2009-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Written by Jim Meyering and Joel E. Denny + +# The arguments to this script should be names of files that contain +# copyright statements to be updated. The copyright holder's name +# defaults to "Free Software Foundation, Inc." but may be changed to +# any other name by using the "UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER" environment +# variable. +# +# For example, you might wish to use the update-copyright target rule +# in maint.mk from gnulib's maintainer-makefile module. +# +# Iff a copyright statement is recognized in a file and the final +# year is not the current year, then the statement is updated for the +# new year and it is reformatted to: +# +# 1. Fit within 72 columns. +# 2. Convert 2-digit years to 4-digit years by prepending "19". +# 3. Expand copyright year intervals. (See "Environment variables" +# below.) +# +# A warning is printed for every file for which no copyright +# statement is recognized. +# +# Each file's copyright statement must be formatted correctly in +# order to be recognized. For example, each of these is fine: +# +# Copyright @copyright{} 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software +# Foundation, Inc. +# +# # Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software +# # Foundation, Inc. +# +# /* +# * Copyright © 90,2005,2007-2009 +# * Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# */ +# +# However, the following format is not recognized because the line +# prefix changes after the first line: +# +# ## Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software +# # Foundation, Inc. +# +# However, any correctly formatted copyright statement following +# a non-matching copyright statements would be recognized. +# +# The exact conditions that a file's copyright statement must meet +# to be recognized are: +# +# 1. It is the first copyright statement that meets all of the +# following conditions. Subsequent copyright statements are +# ignored. +# 2. Its format is "Copyright (C)", then a list of copyright years, +# and then the name of the copyright holder. +# 3. The "(C)" takes one of the following forms or is omitted +# entirely: +# +# A. (C) +# B. (c) +# C. @copyright{} +# D. © +# +# 4. The "Copyright" appears at the beginning of a line, except that it +# may be prefixed by any sequence (e.g., a comment) of no more than +# 5 characters -- including white space. +# 5. Iff such a prefix is present, the same prefix appears at the +# beginning of each remaining line within the FSF copyright +# statement. There is one exception in order to support C-style +# comments: if the first line's prefix contains nothing but +# whitespace surrounding a "/*", then the prefix for all subsequent +# lines is the same as the first line's prefix except with each of +# "/" and possibly "*" replaced by a " ". The replacement of "*" +# by " " is consistent throughout all subsequent lines. +# 6. Blank lines, even if preceded by the prefix, do not appear +# within the FSF copyright statement. +# 7. Each copyright year is 2 or 4 digits, and years are separated by +# commas or dashes. Whitespace may appear after commas. +# +# Environment variables: +# +# 1. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1, a recognized FSF copyright statement +# is reformatted even if it does not need updating for the new +# year. If unset or set to 0, only updated FSF copyright +# statements are reformatted. +# 2. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1, every series of consecutive +# copyright years (such as 90, 1991, 1992-2007, 2008) in a +# reformatted FSF copyright statement is collapsed to a single +# interval (such as 1990-2008). If unset or set to 0, all existing +# copyright year intervals in a reformatted FSF copyright statement +# are expanded instead. +# If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=2, convert a sequence with gaps +# to the minimal containing range. For example, convert +# 2000, 2004-2007, 2009 to 2000-2009. +# 3. For testing purposes, you can set the assumed current year in +# UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR. +# 4. The default maximum line length for a copyright line is 72. +# Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH to use a different length. +# 5. Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER if the copyright holder is other +# than "Free Software Foundation, Inc.". + +use strict; +use warnings; + +my $copyright_re = 'Copyright'; +my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|©)'; +my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER}; +$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.'; +my $prefix_max = 5; +my $margin = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH}; +!$margin || $margin !~ m/^\d+$/ + and $margin = 72; + +my $tab_width = 8; + +my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR}; +if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/) + { + my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ()); + $this_year = $year + 1900; + } + +# Unless the file consistently uses "\r\n" as the EOL, use "\n" instead. +my $eol = /(?:^|[^\r])\n/ ? "\n" : "\r\n"; + +my $leading; +my $prefix; +my $ws_re; +my $stmt_re; +while (/(^|\n)(.{0,$prefix_max})$copyright_re/g) + { + $leading = "$1$2"; + $prefix = $2; + if ($prefix =~ /^(\s*\/)\*(\s*)$/) + { + $prefix =~ s,/, ,; + my $prefix_ws = $prefix; + $prefix_ws =~ s/\*/ /; # Only whitespace. + if (/\G(?:[^*\n]|\*[^\/\n])*\*?\n$prefix_ws/) + { + $prefix = $prefix_ws; + } + } + $ws_re = '[ \t\r\f]'; # \s without \n + $ws_re = + "(?:$ws_re*(?:$ws_re|\\n" . quotemeta($prefix) . ")$ws_re*)"; + my $holder_re = $holder; + $holder_re =~ s/\s/$ws_re/g; + my $stmt_remainder_re = + "(?:$ws_re$circle_c_re)?" + . "$ws_re(?:(?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d(?:,$ws_re?|-))*" + . "((?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d)$ws_re$holder_re"; + if (/\G$stmt_remainder_re/) + { + $stmt_re = + quotemeta($leading) . "($copyright_re$stmt_remainder_re)"; + last; + } + } +if (defined $stmt_re) + { + /$stmt_re/ or die; # Should never die. + my $stmt = $1; + my $final_year_orig = $2; + + # Handle two-digit year numbers like "98" and "99". + my $final_year = $final_year_orig; + $final_year <= 99 + and $final_year += 1900; + + if ($final_year != $this_year) + { + # Update the year. + $stmt =~ s/\b$final_year_orig\b/$final_year, $this_year/; + } + if ($final_year != $this_year || $ENV{'UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE'}) + { + # Normalize all whitespace including newline-prefix sequences. + $stmt =~ s/$ws_re/ /g; + + # Put spaces after commas. + $stmt =~ s/, ?/, /g; + + # Convert 2-digit to 4-digit years. + $stmt =~ s/(\b\d\d\b)/19$1/g; + + # Make the use of intervals consistent. + if (!$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS}) + { + $stmt =~ s/(\d{4})-(\d{4})/join(', ', $1..$2)/eg; + } + else + { + $stmt =~ + s/ + (\d{4}) + (?: + (,\ |-) + ((??{ + if ($2 eq '-') { '\d{4}'; } + elsif (!$3) { $1 + 1; } + else { $3 + 1; } + })) + )+ + /$1-$3/gx; + + # When it's 2, emit a single range encompassing all year numbers. + $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS} == 2 + and $stmt =~ s/\b(\d{4})\b.*\b(\d{4})\b/$1-$2/; + } + + # Format within margin. + my $stmt_wrapped; + my $text_margin = $margin - length($prefix); + if ($prefix =~ /^(\t+)/) + { + $text_margin -= length($1) * ($tab_width - 1); + } + while (length $stmt) + { + if (($stmt =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//) + || ($stmt =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//)) + { + my $line = $1; + $stmt_wrapped .= $stmt_wrapped ? "$eol$prefix" : $leading; + $stmt_wrapped .= $line; + } + else + { + # Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite + # loop if it can be reached. + die; + } + } + + # Replace the old copyright statement. + s/$stmt_re/$stmt_wrapped/; + } + } +else + { + print STDERR "$ARGV: warning: copyright statement not found\n"; + } + +# Local variables: +# mode: perl +# indent-tabs-mode: nil +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/useless-if-before-free b/build-aux/useless-if-before-free new file mode 100755 index 0000000..1899b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/build-aux/useless-if-before-free @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wST "$0" "$@"' + & eval 'exec perl -wST "$0" $argv:q' + if 0; +# Detect instances of "if (p) free (p);". +# Likewise "if (p != 0)", "if (0 != p)", or with NULL; and with braces. + +my $VERSION = '2016-01-12 23:13'; # UTC +# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order +# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it. +# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook +# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually. + +# Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +# Written by Jim Meyering + +use strict; +use warnings; +use Getopt::Long; + +(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||; + +# use File::Coda; # http://meyering.net/code/Coda/ +END { + defined fileno STDOUT or return; + close STDOUT and return; + warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n"; + $? ||= 1; +} + +sub usage ($) +{ + my ($exit_code) = @_; + my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR); + if ($exit_code != 0) + { + print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n"; + } + else + { + print $STREAM <<EOF; +Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] FILE... + +Detect any instance in FILE of a useless "if" test before a free call, e.g., +"if (p) free (p);". Any such test may be safely removed without affecting +the semantics of the C code in FILE. Use --name=FOO --name=BAR to also +detect free-like functions named FOO and BAR. + +OPTIONS: + + --list print only the name of each matching FILE (\\0-terminated) + --name=N add name N to the list of \'free\'-like functions to detect; + may be repeated + + --help display this help and exit + --version output version information and exit + +Exit status: + + 0 one or more matches + 1 no match + 2 an error + +EXAMPLE: + +For example, this command prints all removable "if" tests before "free" +and "kfree" calls in the linux kernel sources: + + git ls-files -z |xargs -0 $ME --name=kfree + +EOF + } + exit $exit_code; +} + +sub is_NULL ($) +{ + my ($expr) = @_; + return ($expr eq 'NULL' || $expr eq '0'); +} + +{ + sub EXIT_MATCH {0} + sub EXIT_NO_MATCH {1} + sub EXIT_ERROR {2} + my $err = EXIT_NO_MATCH; + + my $list; + my @name = qw(free); + GetOptions + ( + help => sub { usage 0 }, + version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit }, + list => \$list, + 'name=s@' => \@name, + ) or usage 1; + + # Make sure we have the right number of non-option arguments. + # Always tell the user why we fail. + @ARGV < 1 + and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), usage EXIT_ERROR; + + my $or = join '|', @name; + my $regexp = qr/(?:$or)/; + + # Set the input record separator. + # Note: this makes it impractical to print line numbers. + $/ = '"'; + + my $found_match = 0; + FILE: + foreach my $file (@ARGV) + { + open FH, '<', $file + or (warn "$ME: can't open '$file' for reading: $!\n"), + $err = EXIT_ERROR, next; + while (defined (my $line = <FH>)) + { + while ($line =~ + /\b(if\s*\(\s*([^)]+?)(?:\s*!=\s*([^)]+?))?\s*\) + # 1 2 3 + (?: \s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;| + \s*\{\s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;\s*\}))/sxg) + { + my $all = $1; + my ($lhs, $rhs) = ($2, $3); + my ($free_opnd, $braced_free_opnd) = ($4, $5); + my $non_NULL; + if (!defined $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs } + elsif (is_NULL $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs } + elsif (is_NULL $lhs) { $non_NULL = $rhs } + else { next } + + # Compare the non-NULL part of the "if" expression and the + # free'd expression, without regard to white space. + $non_NULL =~ tr/ \t//d; + my $e2 = defined $free_opnd ? $free_opnd : $braced_free_opnd; + $e2 =~ tr/ \t//d; + if ($non_NULL eq $e2) + { + $found_match = 1; + $list + and (print "$file\0"), next FILE; + print "$file: $all\n"; + } + } + } + } + continue + { + close FH; + } + + $found_match && $err == EXIT_NO_MATCH + and $err = EXIT_MATCH; + + exit $err; +} + +my $foo = <<'EOF'; +# The above is to *find* them. +# This adjusts them, removing the unnecessary "if (p)" part. + +# FIXME: do something like this as an option (doesn't do braces): +free=xfree +git grep -l -z "$free *(" \ + | xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \ + | xargs -0 perl -0x3b -pi -e \ + 's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s+('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\)\s*;)/$2/s' + +# Use the following to remove redundant uses of kfree inside braces. +# Note that -0777 puts perl in slurp-whole-file mode; +# but we have plenty of memory, these days... +free=kfree +git grep -l -z "$free *(" \ + | xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \ + | xargs -0 perl -0777 -pi -e \ + 's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s*\{\s*('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\);)\s*\}[^\n]*$/$2/gms' + +Be careful that the result of the above transformation is valid. +If the matched string is followed by "else", then obviously, it won't be. + +When modifying files, refuse to process anything other than a regular file. +EOF + +## Local Variables: +## mode: perl +## indent-tabs-mode: nil +## eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '" +## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M" +## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC" +## End: diff --git a/build-aux/vc-list-files b/build-aux/vc-list-files index b170638..c5c420a 100755 --- a/build-aux/vc-list-files +++ b/build-aux/vc-list-files @@ -1,12 +1,15 @@ #!/bin/sh -# List the specified version-controlled files. +# List version-controlled file names. + +# Print a version string. +scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2006-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of @@ -14,47 +17,97 @@ # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, -# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # List the specified version-controlled files. -# With no argument, list them all. -# This script must be run solely from the top of a $srcdir build directory. +# With no argument, list them all. With a single DIRECTORY argument, +# list the version-controlled files in that directory. -# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name, -# with no trailing slashes. In mercurial mode, it's used as part of a -# "grep" pattern (prepend "^", append "/"), and in cvs mode, it's simply -# used as an argument to the cvsu script. +# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name. # cvsu is part of the cvsutils package: http://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/ -include_prefix= -case $# in - 0) ;; - 1) include_prefix=$1 ;; - *) echo "$0: too many arguments" 1>&2; exit 1 ;; +postprocess= +case $1 in + --help) cat <<EOF +Usage: $0 [-C SRCDIR] [DIR...] + +Output a list of version-controlled files in DIR (default .), relative to +SRCDIR (default .). SRCDIR must be the top directory of a checkout. + +Options: + --help print this help, then exit + --version print version number, then exit + -C SRCDIR change directory to SRCDIR before generating list + +Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>. +EOF + exit ;; + + --version) + year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//'` + cat <<EOF +vc-list-files $scriptversion +Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc, +License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> +This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. +There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. +EOF + exit ;; + + -C) + test "$2" = . || postprocess="| sed 's|^|$2/|'" + cd "$2" || exit 1 + shift; shift ;; esac -if test -d .git; then - if test "x$include_prefix" = x; then - git-ls-files - else - git-ls-files | grep "^$include_prefix/" - fi -elif test -d .hg; then - if test "x$include_prefix" = x; then - hg manifest | cut -d ' ' -f 2 +test $# = 0 && set . + +for dir +do + if test -d .git; then + test "x$dir" = x. \ + && dir= sed_esc= \ + || { dir="$dir/"; sed_esc=`echo "$dir"|env sed 's,\([\\/]\),\\\\\1,g'`; } + # Ignore git symlinks - either they point into the tree, in which case + # we don't need to visit the target twice, or they point somewhere + # else (often into a submodule), in which case the content does not + # belong to this package. + eval exec git ls-tree -r 'HEAD:"$dir"' \ + \| sed -n '"s/^100[^ ]*./$sed_esc/p"' $postprocess + elif test -d .hg; then + eval exec hg locate '"$dir/*"' $postprocess + elif test -d .bzr; then + test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'" + eval exec bzr ls -R --versioned '"$dir"' $postprocess + elif test -d CVS; then + test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'" + if test -x build-aux/cvsu; then + eval build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess + elif (cvsu --help) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + eval cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess + else + eval awk -F/ \''{ \ + if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) { \ + f=FILENAME; \ + if (f ~ /CVS\/Entries$/) \ + f = substr(f, 1, length(f)-11); \ + print f $2; \ + }}'\'' \ + `find "$dir" -name Entries -print` /dev/null' $postprocess + fi + elif test -d .svn; then + eval exec svn list -R '"$dir"' $postprocess else - hg manifest | cut -d ' ' -f 2 | grep "^$include_prefix/" + echo "$0: Failed to determine type of version control used in `pwd`" 1>&2 + exit 1 fi -elif test -x build-aux/cvsu; then - build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM $include_prefix -else - awk -F/ '{ \ - if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) { \ - f=FILENAME; \ - sub(/CVS\/Entries/, "", f); \ - print f $2; \ - }}' \ - $(find ${*-*} -name Entries -print) /dev/null; -fi +done + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" +# End: diff --git a/build-aux/ylwrap b/build-aux/ylwrap index 102bd89..7c2d927 100755 --- a/build-aux/ylwrap +++ b/build-aux/ylwrap @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ #! /bin/sh # ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations. -scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 +scriptversion=2013-01-12.17; # UTC -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>. # @@ -19,9 +18,7 @@ scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. +# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a @@ -32,9 +29,41 @@ scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 # bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to # <automake-patches@gnu.org>. +get_dirname () +{ + case $1 in + */*|*\\*) printf '%s\n' "$1" | sed -e 's|\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$|\1|';; + # Otherwise, we want the empty string (not "."). + esac +} + +# guard FILE +# ---------- +# The CPP macro used to guard inclusion of FILE. +guard () +{ + printf '%s\n' "$1" \ + | sed \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/' \ + -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g' \ + -e 's/__*/_/g' +} + +# quote_for_sed [STRING] +# ---------------------- +# Return STRING (or stdin) quoted to be used as a sed pattern. +quote_for_sed () +{ + case $# in + 0) cat;; + 1) printf '%s\n' "$1";; + esac \ + | sed -e 's|[][\\.*]|\\&|g' +} + case "$1" in '') - echo "$0: No files given. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 + echo "$0: No files given. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; --basedir) @@ -67,144 +96,138 @@ esac # The input. -input="$1" +input=$1 shift -case "$input" in +# We'll later need for a correct munging of "#line" directives. +input_sub_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed` +case $input in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) # Absolute path; do nothing. ;; *) # Relative path. Make it absolute. - input="`pwd`/$input" + input=`pwd`/$input ;; esac +input_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed` + +# Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots, +# the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c +# and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case. +y_tab_nodot=false +if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then + y_tab_nodot=true +fi + +# The parser itself, the first file, is the destination of the .y.c +# rule in the Makefile. +parser=$1 + +# A sed program to s/FROM/TO/g for all the FROM/TO so that, for +# instance, we rename #include "y.tab.h" into #include "parse.h" +# during the conversion from y.tab.c to parse.c. +sed_fix_filenames= -pairlist= -while test "$#" -ne 0; do - if test "$1" = "--"; then +# Also rename header guards, as Bison 2.7 for instance uses its header +# guard in its implementation file. +sed_fix_header_guards= + +while test $# -ne 0; do + if test x"$1" = x"--"; then shift break fi - pairlist="$pairlist $1" + from=$1 + # Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS + if $y_tab_nodot; then + case $from in + "y.tab.c") from=y_tab.c;; + "y.tab.h") from=y_tab.h;; + esac + fi shift + to=$1 + shift + sed_fix_filenames="${sed_fix_filenames}s|"`quote_for_sed "$from"`"|$to|g;" + sed_fix_header_guards="${sed_fix_header_guards}s|"`guard "$from"`"|"`guard "$to"`"|g;" done # The program to run. -prog="$1" +prog=$1 shift # Make any relative path in $prog absolute. -case "$prog" in +case $prog in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;; - *[\\/]*) prog="`pwd`/$prog" ;; + *[\\/]*) prog=`pwd`/$prog ;; esac -# FIXME: add hostname here for parallel makes that run commands on -# other machines. But that might take us over the 14-char limit. dirname=ylwrap$$ -trap "cd `pwd`; rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15 +do_exit="cd '`pwd`' && rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1;"' (exit $ret); exit $ret' +trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 +trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 +trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 +trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 mkdir $dirname || exit 1 cd $dirname case $# in - 0) $prog "$input" ;; - *) $prog "$@" "$input" ;; + 0) "$prog" "$input" ;; + *) "$prog" "$@" "$input" ;; esac ret=$? if test $ret -eq 0; then - set X $pairlist - shift - first=yes - # Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots, - # the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c - # and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case. - y_tab_nodot="no" - if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then - y_tab_nodot="yes" - fi - - # The directory holding the input. - input_dir=`echo "$input" | sed -e 's,\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$,\1,'` - # Quote $INPUT_DIR so we can use it in a regexp. - # FIXME: really we should care about more than `.' and `\'. - input_rx=`echo "$input_dir" | sed 's,\\\\,\\\\\\\\,g;s,\\.,\\\\.,g'` - - while test "$#" -ne 0; do - from="$1" - # Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS - if test $y_tab_nodot = "yes"; then - if test $from = "y.tab.c"; then - from="y_tab.c" - else - if test $from = "y.tab.h"; then - from="y_tab.h" - fi - fi - fi + for from in * + do + to=`printf '%s\n' "$from" | sed "$sed_fix_filenames"` if test -f "$from"; then # If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that, - # otherwise prepend `../'. - case "$2" in - [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target="$2";; - *) target="../$2";; + # otherwise prepend '../'. + case $to in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target=$to;; + *) target=../$to;; esac - # We do not want to overwrite a header file if it hasn't - # changed. This avoid useless recompilations. However the - # parser itself (the first file) should always be updated, - # because it is the destination of the .y.c rule in the - # Makefile. Divert the output of all other files to a temporary - # file so we can compare them to existing versions. - if test $first = no; then - realtarget="$target" - target="tmp-`echo $target | sed s/.*[\\/]//g`" + # Do not overwrite unchanged header files to avoid useless + # recompilations. Always update the parser itself: it is the + # destination of the .y.c rule in the Makefile. Divert the + # output of all other files to a temporary file so we can + # compare them to existing versions. + if test $from != $parser; then + realtarget=$target + target=tmp-`printf '%s\n' "$target" | sed 's|.*[\\/]||g'` fi - # Edit out `#line' or `#' directives. - # - # We don't want the resulting debug information to point at - # an absolute srcdir; it is better for it to just mention the - # .y file with no path. - # - # We want to use the real output file name, not yy.lex.c for - # instance. - # - # We want the include guards to be adjusted too. - FROM=`echo "$from" | sed \ - -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\ - -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'` - TARGET=`echo "$2" | sed \ - -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'\ - -e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g'` - - sed -e "/^#/!b" -e "s,$input_rx,," -e "s,$from,$2," \ - -e "s,$FROM,$TARGET," "$from" >"$target" || ret=$? - - # Check whether header files must be updated. - if test $first = no; then - if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then - echo "$2" is unchanged - rm -f "$target" - else - echo updating "$2" + + # Munge "#line" or "#" directives. Don't let the resulting + # debug information point at an absolute srcdir. Use the real + # output file name, not yy.lex.c for instance. Adjust the + # include guards too. + sed -e "/^#/!b" \ + -e "s|$input_rx|$input_sub_rx|" \ + -e "$sed_fix_filenames" \ + -e "$sed_fix_header_guards" \ + "$from" >"$target" || ret=$? + + # Check whether files must be updated. + if test "$from" != "$parser"; then + if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then + echo "$to is unchanged" + rm -f "$target" + else + echo "updating $to" mv -f "$target" "$realtarget" fi fi else - # A missing file is only an error for the first file. This - # is a blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d - # is not specified, we don't want an error when the header - # file is "missing". - if test $first = yes; then + # A missing file is only an error for the parser. This is a + # blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d is not + # specified, don't fail when the header file is "missing". + if test "$from" = "$parser"; then ret=1 fi fi - shift - shift - first=no done -else - ret=$? fi # Remove the directory. @@ -219,5 +242,6 @@ exit $ret # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" +# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" +# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: |